-
Notifications
You must be signed in to change notification settings - Fork 1
/
Copy pathpornouns_meta_data_file_incl_classification.csv
We can make this file beautiful and searchable if this error is corrected: Any value after quoted field isn't allowed in line 1.
651 lines (651 loc) · 311 KB
/
pornouns_meta_data_file_incl_classification.csv
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
"glotto";"language name";"latitude";"longitude";"comment";"Source";"author";"title";"publication";"publisher";"school";"address";"year";"edition";"entryType";"booktitle";"editor";"link";"date of entry";"link to source";"family";"Kinship";"Pronouns";"ISO";"Classification";"location";"marriage_rule"
"idii1243";"Idi";142,30453;-8,71445;;"Evans. 2013. Personal communication.";"Evans";" Personal communication";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pahoturi > idii1243";;
"idii1243";"Taeme";142,30453;-8,71445;;"Tama, Phillip. 2013. Personal communication.";"Tama, Phillip";" Personal communication";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pahoturi > idii1243";;
"nenn1238";"Nen";142,0378;-8,61979;;"Evans. 2013. Personal communication.";"Evans";" Personal communication";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Nambu > nenn1238";;
"suki1245";"Suki";141,83943;-8,06772;"Third person inanimates are usually referred to with nouns/demonstratives rather than third person pronouns. I should check again if/to what extent they can be referred to with pronouns at all (CvT).";"Van Tongeren, Charlotte. 2013. Personal communication.";"Van Tongeren, Charlotte";" Personal communication";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Suki-Gogodala > suki1245";;
"kaya1319";"Kayardild";139,50318;-17,07014;"O forms are sensitive to TAM, e.g. 1sgActualO ngijinji, 1sgPotentialO ngijinju etc. Only the ActualO forms are included here, the others pattern similarly. ";" Evans, Nicholas. 1995.";" Evans, Nicholas";;1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tangkic > Southern Tangkic > Kayardild-Yangkaal > kaya1319";;
"neme1244";"Neme";141,86254;-8,47272;;"Evans, Nick. 2012. Field notes. p. 120.";"Evans, Nick";" Field notes";2012;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Nambu > neme1244";;
"namb1293";"Nambu";141,92694;-8,74638;;"Evans. 2013. Personal communication.";"Evans";" Personal communication";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Nambu > namb1293";;
"lard1243";"Lardil";139,39036;-16,56778;"Non-singular harmonic form is entered, disharmonic is not. ";"Ngakulmungan Kangka Leman. 1997. Lardil dictionary: a vocabulary of the language of the Lardil people, Mornington Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland, with English-Lardil finder list. Mornington Shire Council: Gununa, Qld.";"Ngakulmungan Kangka Leman";" Lardil dictionary: a vocabulary of the language of the Lardil people, Mornington Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland, with English-Lardil finder list";1997;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tangkic > lard1243";;
"ngal1292";"Dalabon";133,98152;-13,78231;;"Evans, Nicholas, Francisca Merlan and Maggie Tukumba. 2004. A first dictionary of Dalabon (Ngalkbon), Manangrida Arts and Culture, Manangrida.";"Evans, Nicholas, Francisca Merlan and Maggie Tukumba";" A first dictionary of Dalabon (Ngalkbon), Manangrida Arts and Culture, Manangrida";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Gunwinyguan > Marne > Central Gunwinyguan > ngal1292";;
"ngka1235";"Ngkolmpu";140,86965;-8,55215;;"Carroll, Matthew. 2013. A grammar of Ngkntra. Thesis proposal review.";"Carroll, Matthew";" A grammar of Ngkntra";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Kanum > Ngkrn-Ngkantr > Ngkantr > ngka1235";;
"tami1289";"Tamil";78,41194;10,92153;;"Annamalai, E. and S.B. Steever. 1998. Modern Tamil. In Sanford B. Steever (ed.), The Dravidian Languages. London: Routledge.";"Annamalai, E";"B";" and S";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Dravidian > South Dravidian > South Dravidian I > Tamil-Kannada > Tamil-Kota > Tamil-Toda > Tamil-Irula > Tamil-Kodagu > Tamil-Malayalam > Tamiloid > Tamil-Paliyan > tami1289";;
"nucl1305";"Kannada";76,19378;14,74807;;"Steever, Stanford. 1997. Kannada.";"Steever, Stanford";" Kannada";1997;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Dravidian > South Dravidian > South Dravidian I > Tamil-Kannada > Badaga-Kannada > Kannadoid > Nuclear Kannaoid > nucl1305";;
"gunw1252";"Bininj Gun-wok";133,44891;-12,39346;;"Evans, Nicholas. 2003. Bininj Gun-wok. A pan-dialectal grammar of Mayali, Kunwinjku and Kune. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Evans, Nicholas";" Bininj Gun-wok";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Gunwinyguan > Marne > Central Gunwinyguan > gunw1252";;
"ngal1293";"Ngalakan";134,71647;-14,42805;;"Merlan, Francesca. 1983. Ngalakan grammar, texts and vocabulary. B-89. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Merlan, Francesca";" Ngalakan grammar, texts and vocabulary";1983;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Gunwinyguan > Gunwinyguan Bak > Eastern Gunwinyguan > Jala > ngal1293";;
"remb1249";"Rembarrnga";134,27635;-13,00821;;"Saulwick, Adam. 2003. Rembarrnga Learners Guide. Maningrida: Maningrida Arts and Culture. ";"Saulwick, Adam";" Rembarrnga Learners Guide";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Gunwinyguan > Gunwinyguan Bak > Eastern Gunwinyguan > Jala > remb1249";;
"wang1291";"Ngiyambaa";146,15518;-30,71694;;"Donaldson, Tamsin. 1980. Ngiyambaa, the language of the Wangaaybuwan. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ";"Donaldson, Tamsin";" Ngiyambaa, the language of the Wangaaybuwan";1980;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Southeastern Pama-Nyungan > Wiradhuric > wang1291";;
"dhuw1249";"Djapu";135,95637;-12,48467;;"Morphy, Frances. 1983. Djapu. In R.M.W. Dixon & Barry J. Blake (eds.), Handbook of Australian Languages, Vol. 3. Canberra: ANU Press. ";"Morphy, Frances";" Djapu";1983;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Yuulngu > Southern Yolngu > Southern-Eastern Yolngu > Dhuwal-Dhuwala > Western Dhuwal-Dhuwala > dhuw1249";;
"gunt1241";"Warta Thundai";141,2845;-8,79463;;"Quinn, Kyla. Personal communication.";"Quinn, Kyla";;" Personal communication";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Tonda > gunt1241";;
"paam1238";"Paamese";168,34098;-16,52041;;"Crowley, Terry. 1982. The Paamese language of Vanuatu. B-87. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Crowley, Terry";" The Paamese language of Vanuatu";1982;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Central Vanuatu > paam1238";;
"samo1305";"Samoan";-172,40604;-13,6757;;"Pratt, Rev. George. 1893. Grammar and dictionary of the Samoan language. London: The London Missionary Society";"Pratt, Rev";1893;" George";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Central Pacific linkage > Tokelau-Fijian > Polynesian > Nuclear Polynesian > Ellicean > Samoan-Tokelauan > samo1305";;
"russ1263";"Russian";79,65046;57,47707;"For genitive forms, masculine nominative forms of the possessive pronouns are cited, e.g. moj for 1sgPOSS. ";"Pulkina, I.M. 1975. A Short Russian Reference Grammar. Moscow: Russian Language Publishers.";"Pulkina, I";1975;"M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > East Slavic > russ1263";;
"stan1295";"German";10,37778;51,10301;;"Evans, Nick. No year. Personal communication 1.";"Evans, Nick";" Personal communication 1";" No year";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > Franconian > High Franconian > stan1295";;
"toab1237";"Toqabaqita";160,61529;-8,38461;;"Lichtenberk, Frantisek. 2008. A grammar of Toqabaqita. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.";"Lichtenberk, Frantisek";" A grammar of Toqabaqita";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Southeast Solomonic > Longgu-Malaita-Makira > Malaita-Makira > Malaita > Central-Northern Malaita > toab1237";;
"ital1282";"Italian";12,37584;43,44854;;"Evans, Nick. No year. Personal communication 2.";"Evans, Nick";" Personal communication 2";" No year";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Italo-Dalmatian > Italian Romance > ital1282";;
"fiji1243";"Boumaa Fijian";178,32355;-17,80625;;"Dixon, R.M.W. 1988. A grammar of Boumaa Fijian. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.";"Dixon, R";"W";"M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Central Pacific linkage > Tokelau-Fijian > East Fijian > fiji1243";;
"anei1239";"Aneityum";169,82462;-20,18866;"Cleaned up paradigm, entered by NE & OE, with first formal variant of free pronouns only, and free variant only in case of free pronoun clitic variation";"Lynch, John. 2000. A grammar of Anejom. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, RSPAS, the Australian National University.";"Lynch, John";" A grammar of Anejom";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Southern Melanesian > Southern Vanuatu > anei1239";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Komnzo";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Döhler, Christian. 2016. Komnzo: A language of Southern New Guinea. PhD Thesis. The Australian National University. Canberra.";"Döhler, Christian";" Komnzo: A language of Southern New Guinea";2016;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"zyud1238";"Mblafe";"no longitude";"no latitude";;;;"missing";"missing";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"kunj1246";"Kunja / Bondobol";141,42126;-8,99967;;;;"missing";"missing";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Tonda > Eastern Tonda > kunj1246";;
"lati1261";"Latin";12,45021;41,90264;"possessive adjective - citation form ";"Mountford, James. 1952. Kennedy's Revised Latin Primer. Longman's. Harlow, Essex. ";"Mountford, James";" Kennedy's Revised Latin Primer";1952;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > lati1261";;
"dutc1256";"Dutch";5,62154;52,24966;;"Spronck, Stef. 2013. Personal communication.";"Spronck, Stef";" Personal communication";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > Franconian > Low Franconian > Macro-Dutch > Middle-Modern Dutch > Modern Dutch > dutc1256";;
"ngar1284";"Ungarinyin";126,46321;-16,34724;;"Rumsey, Alan. 1982. An intra-sentence grammar of Ungarinjin, North-Western Australia, Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. ";"Rumsey, Alan";" An intra-sentence grammar of Ungarinjin, North-Western Australia, Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University";1982;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Worrorran > ngar1284";;
"mara1386";"Maranunggu";130,14083;-13,66763;;"Tryon, Darrell T. 1970. An Introduction to Maranungku. B-15. Canberra: Pacific Lingusitics";"Tryon, Darrell T";" An Introduction to Maranungku";1970;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Western Daly > Maranunggu-Ame-Manda > mara1386";;
"bard1255";"Bardi";122,90546;-16,61194;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nyulnyulan > Western Nyulnyulan > Bardic > bard1255";;
"mull1237";"Malak-Malak";130,65946;-13,25667;;"Birk, D.B.W. 1976. The MalakMalak language, Daly River (Western Arnhem Land). Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University.";"Birk, D";"W";"B";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Northern Daly > mull1237";;
"kalk1246";"Kalkutungu";146,00307;-23,49886;;"Black, Barry J. A Kalkatungu grammar. Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University.";"Black, Barry J";" Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University";" A Kalkatungu grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Kalkatungic > kalk1246";;
"rita1239";"Ritharngu";135,19142;-13,52623;;"Heath, Jeffrey. 1980. Basic materials in Ritharngu: Grammar, texts and dictionary. B62. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Heath, Jeffrey";" Basic materials in Ritharngu: Grammar, texts and dictionary";1980;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Yuulngu > Southern Yolngu > rita1239";;
"kala1380";"Garlali";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"McDonald, M and S.A. Wurm. 1979. Basic materials in Wankumara (Galali): Grammar, sentences and vocabulary. B65. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"McDonald, M and S";" Wurm";"A";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Karnic > Ngura > kala1380";;
"darl1243";"Paakantyi";142,60072;-32,72549;;"Hercus, L.A. 1982. The Bāgandji language. B-67. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Hercus, L";1982;"A";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Yarli-Baagandji > darl1243";;
"wand1263";"Wandarang";135,7048;-14,29959;;"Heath, J. 1980. Basic materials in Warndarang: Grammar, texts and dictionary. B-72. Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, the Australian National University.";"Heath, J";" Basic materials in Warndarang: Grammar, texts and dictionary";1980;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mangarrayi-Maran > Maran > wand1263";;
"gami1243";"Yuwaalaraay";149,90546;-29,98062;"Question marks copied from the source, where author was unsure of the forms.";"Williams, Corinne J. 1980. A grammar of Yuwaalaraay. B74. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Williams, Corinne J";" A grammar of Yuwaalaraay";1980;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Southeastern Pama-Nyungan > Wiradhuric > gami1243";;
"jaru1254";"Jaru";128,53978;-18,11152;;"Tsunoda, Tasaku. 1988. The Djaru Language of Kimberley, Western Australia. B 78. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Tsunoda, Tasaku";" The Djaru Language of Kimberley, Western Australia";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Desert Nyungic > Ngumpin-Yapa > Ngumpin > Jaru-Ngardi > jaru1254";;
"tyar1236";"Tyeraity";130,66566;-12,48854;;"Breen, Gavan. 1990. Salvage studies of a number of extinct Aboriginal languages of Western Queensland. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Australian National University. ";"Breen, Gavan";" Salvage studies of a number of extinct Aboriginal languages of Western Queensland";1990;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Northern Daly > tyar1236";;
"mara1385";"Mara";134,88919;-14,77133;;"Heath, Jeffrey. 1981. Basic materials in Mara: Grammar, texts and dictionary. C-60. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Heath, Jeffrey";" Basic materials in Mara: Grammar, texts and dictionary";1981;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mangarrayi-Maran > Maran > mara1385";;
"worr1237";"Worrorra";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Capell, A., and H.H.J. Coate. 1984. Comparative studies in Northern Kimberley languages. C69. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Capell, A";"H";", and H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Worrorran > Western Worrorran > worr1237";;
"wila1240";"Wilawila";126,60003;-14,91051;;"Capell, A., and H.H.J. Coate. 1984. Comparative studies in Northern Kimberley languages. C69. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Capell, A";"H";", and H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Worrorran > Northern Worrorran > wila1240";;
"gamb1251";"Gambera";126,27131;-14,29546;;"Capell, A., and H.H.J. Coate. 1984. Comparative studies in Northern Kimberley languages. C69. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Capell, A";"H";", and H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Worrorran > Northern Worrorran > Forrest River > gamb1251";;
"yawi1239";"Yawijibaya";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Capell, A., and H.H.J. Coate. 1984. Comparative studies in Northern Kimberley languages. C69. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Capell, A";"H";", and H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Worrorran > Western Worrorran > Worrorra > yawi1239";;
"yind1247";"Yindjibarndi";117,07418;-21,54524;;"Wordick, F.J.F. 1982. The Yindjibarndi language. Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University for the Linguistic Circle of Canberra.";"Wordick, F";"F";"J";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > South-West Pama-Nyungan > Pilbara > Ngayarda > Central Ngayarda > Yindjibarndi-Kurrama > yind1247";;
"nyun1247";"Nyunga";118,15081;-33,11995;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > South-West Pama-Nyungan > nyun1247";;
"muru1266";"Muruwari";146,54642;-28,96178;;"Oates, Lynette F. 1988. The Muruwari language. C-108. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Oates, Lynette F";" The Muruwari language";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Southeastern Pama-Nyungan > New South Wales Pama-Nyungan > Muruwaric > muru1266";;
"mart1256";"Wangkajunga";122,02575;-24,30166;;"Jones, Barbara. 2011. A grammar of Wangkajunga: A language of the Great Sandy Desert of North Western Australia, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics 636, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, the Australian National University.";"Jones, Barbara";" A grammar of Wangkajunga: A language of the Great Sandy Desert of North Western Australia, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics 636, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, the Australian National University";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Desert Nyungic > Wati > Martuwangkic > Warnman-Wangka > mart1256";;
"tola1247";"Tolaki";122,04755;-4,04448;;"Edwards, Owen. 2012. Grammatical Functions in Tolaki. Honours Thesis. Australian National University.";"Edwards, Owen";" Grammatical Functions in Tolaki";2012;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Celebic > Eastern Celebic > Southeastern Celebic > Bungku-Tolaki > Western Bungku-Tolaki > West Coast Bungku-Tolaki > tola1247";;
"nyul1247";"Nyulnyul";122,85075;-16,91292;;"McGregor, William B. 2011. The Nyulnyul language of Dampier Land, Western Australia. 632. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"McGregor, William B";" The Nyulnyul language of Dampier Land, Western Australia";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nyulnyulan > Western Nyulnyulan > Nyulnyulic > nyul1247";;
"yala1262";"Yalarnnga";139,511;-21,731;;"Breen, Gavan, and Barry J. Blake. 2007. The grammar of Yalarnnga: A language of western Queensland. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"Breen, Gavan, and Barry J";2007;" Blake";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Kalkatungic > yala1262";;
"kend1254";"Salako";109,53511;0,34496;;"Adelaar, Sandar. 2002. Salako morphology and the interrelation between voice, mood and aspect. In K. Alexander Adelaar & Robert Blust (eds.), Between Worlds: Linguistics Papers in memory of David John Prentice. pp. 1-27. 529. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Adelaar, Sandar";" Salako morphology and the interrelation between voice, mood and aspect";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Western Malayic Dayak > kend1254";;
"timu1262";"Timugon Murut";115,93764;5,1511;"At a loss to know how Brewis' (2002) notes applies (if it does) to the pronouns: 'Nominative marks Subject, Genitive marks Actor as Non-Subject and Dative marks Non-Actor as Non-Subject (Oblique)'. Set A column to the Nominitive form. Set both O and poss columns to Genitive form.";"Brewis, Richard. 2002. Split transitivity in Timugon Murut. In K. Alexander Adelaar & Robert Blust (eds.), Between Worlds: Linguistic papers in memory of David John Prentice, pp. 39-47. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, the Australian National University. ";"Brewis, Richard";" Split transitivity in Timugon Murut";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > North Borneo Malayo-Polynesian > Southwest Sabahan > Greater Murutic > Murutic > Northern Murutic > timu1262";;
"djin1251";"Jingulu";133,63957;-17,16893;"The Warranganku dialect... has a separate set of Genitive pronouns, used to refer to a possessor, formed by adding a linking vowel and a gender agreement suffix to the root so that the pronouns agrees (sic) in gender with the possessum. If the possessum is masculine the Genetive pronoun ends in /-na/...if feminine /-rnini/...if neuter /-nu/...and if vegetable gender the Genitive pronoun ends in /-rnimi/... p154 Just the genitive stems have been provided here.";"Pensalfini, Robert. 2003. A grammar of Jingulu: An Aboriginal language of the Northern Territory. 536. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Pensalfini, Robert";" A grammar of Jingulu: An Aboriginal language of the Northern Territory";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mirndi > djin1251";;
"warr1255";"Wargamay";146,16612;-18,54808;;"Dixon, R.M.W.. 1981. Wargamay. In Dixon, R.M.W. and Barry J. Blake (eds.), Handbook of Australian Languages, Volume 2. pp. 1-144 Canberra: The Australian National University Press.";"Dixon, R";"W";"M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > warr1255";;
"waja1257";"Watjarri";117,23012;-28,15486;;"Douglas, Wilfred H. 1981. Watjarri. In Dixon, R.M.W. and Barry J. Blake (eds.), Handbook of Australian Languages, Volume 2. pp. 197-272. Canberra: The Australian National University Press.";"Douglas, Wilfred H";" Watjarri";1981;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > South-West Pama-Nyungan > Kartu-Nhanda > Kartu > waja1257";;
"suab1238";"Inanwatan";132,17113;-2,07728;"Inawatan has both free and bound possessive pronominal forms. The free forms express alienable possession, the possessive prefixes express inalienable possession. p29 The free, alienable, forms have been provided here. They express the gender of the possessor by taking suffix -so masculine or -wo feminine.";"de Vries, Lourens. 2004. A short grammar of Inanwatan, an endangered language of the Bird’s Head of Papua, Indonesia. 560. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"de Vries, Lourens";" A short grammar of Inanwatan, an endangered language of the Bird’s Head of Papua, Indonesia";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Inanwatan > suab1238";;
"chur1257";"Old Church Slavonic";57,91854;59,85336;;"Huntley, David. 1993. Old Church Slavonic. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 125-187. London, New York: Routledge.";"Huntley, David";" Old Church Slavonic";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > South Slavic > Eastern South Slavic > chur1257";;
"bulg1262";"Bulgarian";25,13122;42,83263;;"Scatton, Ernest A. 1993. Bulgarian. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 188-248. London, New York: Routledge.";"Scatton, Ernest A";" Bulgarian";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > South Slavic > Eastern South Slavic > Macedo-Bulgarian > bulg1262";;
"mace1250";"Macedonian";21,71636;41,61128;;"Friedman, Victor A. 1993. Macedonian. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett, The Slavonic Languages. pp. 249-305. London, New York: Routledge.";"Friedman, Victor A";" Macedonian";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > South Slavic > Eastern South Slavic > Macedo-Bulgarian > mace1250";;
"serb1264";"Serbian/Croatian";21,5043;42,67797;;"Brown, Wayles. 1993. Serbo-Croat. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 306-387. London, New York: Routledge.";"Brown, Wayles";" Serbo-Croat";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > South Slavic > Western South Slavic > Serbian-Croatian-Bosnian > serb1264";;
"slov1268";"Slovene";14,82293;46,1116;;"Priestly, T.M.S. 1993. Slovene. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 387-451. London, New York: Routledge.";"Priestly, T";"S";"M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > South Slavic > Western South Slavic > slov1268";;
"czec1258";"Czech";15,35437;49,72707;;"Short, D. 1993a. Czech. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 455-532. London, New York: Routledge.";"Short, D";" Czech";" 1993a";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > West Slavic > Czech-Slovak > Czech-Lach > czec1258";;
"slov1269";"Slovak";19,50525;48,75211;;"Short, D. 1993b. Slovak. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 533-592. London, New York: Routledge.";"Short, D";" Slovak";" 1993b";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > West Slavic > Czech-Slovak > slov1269";;
"uppe1395";"Upper Sorbian";14,40873;51,33824;;"Stone, Gerald. 1993b. Sorbian (Upper and Lower). In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 593-685. London, New York: Routledge.";"Stone, Gerald";" Sorbian (Upper and Lower)";" 1993b";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > West Slavic > Sorbian > uppe1395";;
"lowe1385";"Lower Sorbian";13,94982;51,66116;;"Stone, Gerald. 1993b. Sorbian (Upper and Lower). In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 593-685. London, New York: Routledge.";"Stone, Gerald";" Sorbian (Upper and Lower)";" 1993b";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > West Slavic > Sorbian > lowe1385";;
"poli1260";"Polish";19,39714;52,12455;"Some person number combinations have up to three alternatives. In such cases the monosyllabic form is an enclitic, the bisyllabic form are emphatic, and the forms beginning with n- only occur as objects of prepositions.";"Rothstein, Robert. 1993. Polish. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 686-758. London, New York: Routledge.";"Rothstein, Robert";" Polish";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > West Slavic > Lechitic > poli1260";;
"kash1274";"Cassubian";18,60668;54,31638;;"Stone, G. 1993a. Cassubian. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 759-794. London, New York: Routledge.";"Stone, G";" Cassubian";" 1993a";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > West Slavic > Lechitic > kash1274";;
"bela1254";"Belorussian";28,05363;53,54239;;"Mayo, Peter. 1993. Belorussian. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 887-946. London, New York: Routledge.";"Mayo, Peter";" Belorussian";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > East Slavic > bela1254";;
"ukra1253";"Ukrainian";31,41053;49,00945;;"Shevelov, George Y. 1993. Ukrainian. In Comrie, Bernard and Greville G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic Languages. pp. 947-998. London, New York: Routledge.";"Shevelov, George Y";" Ukrainian";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Balto-Slavic > Slavic > East Slavic > Ukrainian-Rusyn > ukra1253";;
"kwin1241";"Kwini";126,54734;-14,22417;;"McGregor, William B. 1993. Gunin/Kwini. Munich, Newcastle: LINCOM Europa.";"McGregor, William B";" Gunin/Kwini";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Worrorran > Northern Worrorran > Forrest River > kwin1241";;
"engg1245";"Enggano";102,25631;-5,3953;;"Kähler, Hans. 1940. Grammatischer Abriß des Enggano. Zeitschrift für Eingeborensprachen 30. pp. 81–117, pp. 182–210, pp. 296–320.";"Kähler, Hans";" Grammatischer Abriß des Enggano";1940;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > engg1245";;
"puyu1239";"Puyuma";120,99559;22,64602;"cpaital letters are used for retoflexes";"Teng, Stacy Fang-Ching. 2007. A reference grammar of Puyuma, an Austronesian language of Taiwan. PhD thesis. Australian National University.";"Teng, Stacy Fang-Ching";" A reference grammar of Puyuma, an Austronesian language of Taiwan";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > puyu1239";;
"pala1344";"Palauan";134,53597;7,44723;;"Josephs, Lewis S. 1975. Palauan reference grammar. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii.";"Josephs, Lewis S";" Palauan reference grammar";1975;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > pala1344";;
"stan1288";"Spanish";-3,64343;40,23066;;"Butt, John and Carmen Benjamin. 1988. A New Reference Grammar of Modern Spanish. Hodder Education.";"Butt, John and Carmen Benjamin";" A New Reference Grammar of Modern Spanish";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Southwestern Shifted Romance > West Ibero-Romance > Castilic > stan1288";;
"kelo1247";"Klon";124,41601;-8,4;"Owen's cleaned up version. Added dual A forms. Klon has an agentive system, whereby Actor S arguments pattern the same way as A arguments, and Undergoer S arguments pattern the same way as O arguments. There is a small set of verbs that may take either SA or SO arguments dependent on the perceived semantic role of a referent in a particular context (Baird 2008: 66).";"Baird, Louise. 2008. A grammar of Klon: a non-Austronesian language of Alor, Indonesia. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics. ";"Baird, Louise";" A grammar of Klon: a non-Austronesian language of Alor, Indonesia";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Timor-Alor-Pantar > Alor-Pantar > Alor > West Alor > Klon-Kafoa > kelo1247";;
"sard1257";"Sardinian";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Jones, Michael. 1988. Sardinian. In Harris, Martin & Nigel Vincent (Eds.). The Romance languages. London, Sydney: Croom Helm. pp. 314-350.";"Jones, Michael";" Sardinian";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Southern Romance > Sardo-Corsican > sard1257";;
"roma1327";"Rumanian";25,00901;45,83859;;"Mallinson, Graham. 1988. Rumanian In Harris, Martin & Nigel Vincent (Eds.). The Romance languages. pp. 391-419. Routledge: London, New York.";"Mallinson, Graham";" Rumanian In Harris, Martin & Nigel Vincent (Eds";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Eastern Romance > Balkan Romance > roma1327";;
"occi1239";"Occitan";2,57643;44,31581;;"Wheeler, Max W. 1988b. Occitan. In Harris, Martin & Nigel Vincent (eds). The Romance languages. pp. 246-278. London, Sydney: Croom Helm.";"Wheeler, Max W";" Occitan";" 1988b";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Southwestern Shifted Romance > Occitanic > occi1239";;
"stan1290";"French";2,55044;46,56221;;"Harris, Martin. 1988. French. In The Romance languages. pp. 209-245. London, Sydney: Croom Helm.";"Harris, Martin";" French";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Northwestern Shifted Romance > Gallo-Rhaetian > Oil > Central Oil > Macro-French > Global French > stan1290";;
"stan1289";"Catalan";1,72829;41,84834;;"Wheeler, M.W. 1988a. Catalan. In Harris, Martin & Nigel Vincent (eds). The Romance languages. pp. 170-208. London, Sydney: Croom Helm.";"Wheeler, M";" 1988a";"W";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Southwestern Shifted Romance > stan1289";;
"port1283";"Portuguese";-8,53137;39,59397;;"Parkinson, Stephen. 1988. Portuguese. In Harris, Martin & Nigel Vincent (Eds.). The Romance languages. pp. 132-169. London, Sydney: Croom Helm.";"Parkinson, Stephen";" Portuguese";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Southwestern Shifted Romance > West Ibero-Romance > Galician Romance > Macro-Portuguese > Brazil-Portugal Portuguese > port1283";;
"goth1244";"Gothic";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Harbert, Wayne. 2007. The Germanic languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.";"Harbert, Wayne";" The Germanic languages";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > goth1244";;
"amar1273";"Amarasi";123,89682;-10,23409;"The A/S pronouns are used for possession, usually in conjunction with a genitive suffix on the possessum. Additional information gleaned from Edwards, Owen. 2016. Metathesis and Unmatathesis: Parallelism and Complementarity in Amarasi, Timor. PhD Dissertation. The Australian National University: Canberra.";"Grimes, Charles, Heronimus Bani and Agustinho Caet. 2013. Quantifying things in the grammars of Amarasi (eastern Indonesia) and Baikeno (Timor Leste). Paper presented at the 12th International Conference of Austronesian Linguistics, Bali, Indonesia.";"Grimes, Charles, Heronimus Bani and Agustinho Caet";" Quantifying things in the grammars of Amarasi (eastern Indonesia) and Baikeno (Timor Leste)";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Central Malayo-Polynesian > Timoric A > Western Timoric A > Uab Metoic > amar1273";;
"awar1248";"Awara";146,38642;-6,16649;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Finisterre-Huon > Finisterre-Saruwaged > Wantoatic > Wantoat-Awara > awar1248";;
"sele1250";"Selepet";147,23961;-6,03785;"McElhanon 1970 'Selepete Pronominal Elements' Pac Ling A25: 23-48 may be a better source ";"McElhanon, K.A. 1972. Selepet Grammar Part I: From root to phrase (Pacific Linguistics B21). Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. ";"McElhanon, K";1972;"A";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Finisterre-Huon > Huon > Western Huon > Timbe-Selepet-Komba > Selepet-Komba > sele1250";;
"dani1285";"Danish";10,02621;55,98702;;"Harbert, Wayne. 2007. The Germanic languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.";"Harbert, Wayne";" The Germanic languages";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > North Germanic > South Scandinavian > dani1285";;
"west2354";"Frisian, Western";5,83108;53,13585;;"Harbert, Wayne. 2007. The Germanic languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.";"Harbert, Wayne";" The Germanic languages";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Frisian > west2354";;
"kuku1273";"Kuku Yalanji";145,16704;-16,04554;;"Patz, Elisabeth. 2002. A grammar of the Kuku Yalanji language of north Queensland. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University. 527.";"Patz, Elisabeth";" A grammar of the Kuku Yalanji language of north Queensland";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Yimidhirr-Yalanji-Yidinic > Yalandyic > kuku1273";;
"goon1238";"Gooniyandi";126,31626;-18,39072;;"McGregor, William B. 1990. A functional grammar of Gooniyandi. Amsterdam, Philadelphia: John Benjamins.";"McGregor, William B";" A functional grammar of Gooniyandi";1990;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bunaban > goon1238";;
"salt1242";"Salt-Yui";145,02852;-6,27165;"Owen: This language really does only have two pronouns. Owen's added in the possessives. Louise: While there are no dedicated third person pronouns, demonstratives used with the words 'yal' 'man', 'al' 'woman' and 'gir' 'offspring' are used with this function (p32, 34).";"Irwin, Barry. 1974. Salt-Yui grammar (Pacific Linguistics B35). Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. ";"Irwin, Barry";" Salt-Yui grammar (Pacific Linguistics B35)";1974;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Chimbu-Wahgi > Simbu > Nuclear Simbu > Golinic > salt1242";;
"nang1259";"Ngankikurungkurr";131,16512;-14,26697;;"Hoddinott, W.G. and Kofod, F.M. 1988. The Ngankikurungkurr language (Daly River area, Northern Territory). D-77. Pacific Linguistics:Canberra.";"Hoddinott, W";" and Kofod, F";"G";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Southern Daly > nang1259";;
"djin1253";"Djinang";134,84589;-12,47145;;"Waters, Bruce E., Djinang and Djinba — A Grammatical and Historical Perspective, Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. ";"Waters, Bruce E";" ";", Djinang and Djinba — A Grammatical and Historical Perspective, Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Yuulngu > Western-Inland Yolngu > djin1253";;
"mart1255";"Martuthunira";116,63356;-20,92102;"The third person plural pronoun has the very restricted function of serving as a definite anaphor for plural noun phrases. It refers to a group of entities already established in text and specifically implies that the membership of that group has not changed. This emphasis on no change in group membership is unimportant for anaphoric reference to noun phrases denoting individuals (singular) or pairs of individuals (duals) and it is thus not surprising that pularna has no singular or dual counterparts. p103 Demonstratives are used for 3sg reference.";"Dench, Alan. 1995. Martuthunira: A language of the Pilbara Region of Western Australia. C-125. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Dench, Alan";" Martuthunira: A language of the Pilbara Region of Western Australia";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > South-West Pama-Nyungan > Pilbara > Ngayarda > Central Ngayarda > mart1255";;
"wamb1258";"Wambaya";135,67438;-17,45217;"The possessive pronouns provided here are for Class 1, with singular, nominative/accusative agreement. Demonstratives are used with the function of third person singular pronouns. Both proximate and distal forms ...each distinguish the four nominal genders, three numbers (singular, dual, plural), and at least four cases (nominative, accusative, ergative/locative and dative) although, as with most nominals, the nominative and accusative case forms are homophonous. p107 Here, the proximate Class 1 and Class 3 nominative/accusative forms have been provided.";"Nordlinger, Rachel. 1998 A grammar of Wambaya, Northern Territory (Australia). C-140. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"Nordlinger, Rachel";" C-140";" 1998 A grammar of Wambaya, Northern Territory (Australia)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mirndi > Ngurlun > wamb1258";;
"wuna1249";"Wunambal";125,33821;-15,34526;;"Carr, Therese. 2000. Wunambal: a language of the North-West Kimberley Region, Western Australia. BA Honours thesis, University of New England. ";"Carr, Therese";" Wunambal: a language of the North-West Kimberley Region, Western Australia";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Worrorran > Northern Worrorran > wuna1249";;
"nyaw1247";"Nyawaygi";146,2156;-18,87429;;"Dixon, R.M.W. 1983. Nyawaygi. In: Dixon, R.M.W. (ed.), Handbook of Australian Languages. Canberra: The Australian National University Press.";"Dixon, R";"W";"M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Nyawaygic > nyaw1247";;
"nucl1620";"Wahgi";144,65377;-5,94814;;"Phillips, Donald J. 1976. Wahgi Phonology and Morphology (Pacific Linguistics B36). Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University.";"Phillips, Donald J";" Wahgi Phonology and Morphology (Pacific Linguistics B36)";1976;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Chimbu-Wahgi > Wahgic > nucl1620";;
"cham1312";"Chamorro";144,77622;13,4402;;"Topping, Donald M. 1973. Chamorro Reference Grammar (PALI Language Texts). Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press";"Topping, Donald M";" Chamorro Reference Grammar (PALI Language Texts)";1973;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > cham1312";;
"bisl1239";"Bislama";168,29681;-17,7209;;"Tryon, Darrell T. 1987. Bislama: An Introduction to the National Language of Vanuatu, Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. ";"Tryon, Darrell T";" Bislama: An Introduction to the National Language of Vanuatu, Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University";1987;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Pacific Creole English > Early Melanesian Pidgin > bisl1239";;
"tokp1240";"Tok Pisin";147,3031;-9,41971;;"Woodford, Ellen B. 1979. Aspects of Tok Pisin grammar. Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, the Australian National University. ";"Woodford, Ellen B";" Aspects of Tok Pisin grammar";1979;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Pacific Creole English > Early Melanesian Pidgin > tokp1240";;
"mala1533";"Kristang";102,26554;2,20357;;"Baxter, Alan N. 1988. A Grammar of Kristang (Malacca Creole Portuguese). Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University.";"Baxter, Alan N";" A Grammar of Kristang (Malacca Creole Portuguese)";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Southwestern Shifted Romance > West Ibero-Romance > Galician Romance > Macro-Portuguese > Luso-Asian Creole > mala1533";;
"buna1275";"Bunuba";125,63058;-17,85654;;"Rumsey, Alan. 2000. Bunuba. In Dixon, R.M.W. and Barry J. Blake (eds.), The handbook of Australian Languages. pp. 35-152. Oxford: Oxford University Press.";"Rumsey, Alan";" Bunuba";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bunaban > buna1275";;
"djee1236";"Ndjébbana";134,10939;-12,02861;"Ndjébbana has a minimal / unit augmented / augmented number system. For the 12pl forms, we enter the augmented forms (i.e. 11st inclusive, four or more) rather than the unit augmented ones (i.e. 1st inclusive, trial). ";"McKay, Graham. 2000. Ndjébbana. In Dixon, R.M.W. and Barry J. Blake (eds.), The handbook of Australian Languages. pp. 155-355. Oxford: Oxford University Press.";"McKay, Graham";" Ndjébbana";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Maningrida > djee1236";;
"atam1239";"Atampaya";142,2726;-11,0018;;"Crowley, Terry. 1983. Uradhi, In: Dixon, R.M.W. and Barry J. Blake (eds.), Handbook of Australian Languages, Vol. 3. pp. 307-428. Oxford: Oxford University Press.";"Crowley, Terry";" Uradhi, In: Dixon, R";1983;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Paman > Northern Pama > Uradhic > atam1239";;
"angg1238";"Angkamuthi";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Crowley, Terry. 1983. Uradhi, In: Dixon, R.M.W. and Barry J. Blake (eds.), Handbook of Australian Languages, Vol. 3. pp. 307-428. Oxford: Oxford University Press.";"Crowley, Terry";" Uradhi, In: Dixon, R";1983;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Paman > Northern Pama > Uradhic > angg1238";;
"yort1237";"Yorta Yorta";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Bowe, Heather, and Stephen Morey. 1999. The Yorta Yorta (Bangerang) Language of the Murray Goulburn Including Yabula Yabula. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"Bowe, Heather, and Stephen Morey";" The Yorta Yorta (Bangerang) Language of the Murray Goulburn Including Yabula Yabula";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Southeastern Pama-Nyungan > Victorian Pama-Nyungan > Eastern Victoria > yort1237";;
"arab1267";"Arabana";135,44893;-28,70501;;"Hercus, Luise A. 1994. A Grammar of the Arabana-Wangkangurru Language, Lake Eyre Basin, South Australia. Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University.";"Hercus, Luise A";" A Grammar of the Arabana-Wangkangurru Language, Lake Eyre Basin, South Australia";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Karnic > Palku > Arabana-Wangganguru > arab1267";;
"koro1312";"Korowai";139,95937;-5,23637;"Owen's cleaned-up version. Removed forms without final /p/ [...] which is often dropped, especially in fast speech. (p.67) Removed the independent possossevie pronouns. Removed the [...] optional object forms of the personal pronouns. )p.69)";"van Enk, Gerrit J. and Lourens J. de Vries. 1997. The Korowai of Irian Jaya: Their language in its cultural context. Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press.";"van Enk, Gerrit J";" de Vries";" and Lourens J";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Greater Awyu > Becking-Dawi > koro1312";;
"teiw1235";"Teiwa";124,17922;-8,34977;"Owen's cleaned up version. Removed long A and S forms (focus) retained short forms (topic). Only retained syllabic forms (used before C initial roots). The paradigm below follows the following statement: The object prefixes have animate referents (humans or animals), the object pronouns may be used to refer to both animate and inanimate objects (Klamer 2010: 78). This does not entirely match, however, with Klamer's statement elsewhere: For third person referents, a free pronoun is used if it is inanimate. If it is animate, it is expressed with a verbal prefix, and an optional additional NP. (ibid.: 166-167). The third person plural [i]'in and gi'in refer to a group of people outside the phyiscal and/or narrative context, translated as `elsewhere' here. In practice, the use of these pronouns typically implies that the speaker cannot see the referents because they are at a different location, or existed at a different time. (ibid.: 79). Teiwa has a set of dual pronouns that can be used to encode subjects and to conjoin nominals. (ibid.: 82). It seems, however, that the `plural' forms are generally used to refer to two participants, hence their presence in the `dual' boxes as well. Teiwa has two pronouns that refer to third person referents that are inanimate: the pronouns i `it.place' refers to a location, and the pronoun in `it, thing' refers to an entity. (ibid.: 85).";"Klamer, Marian. 2010. A grammar of Teiwa. Berlin, New York: De Gruyter Mouton.";"Klamer, Marian";" A grammar of Teiwa";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Timor-Alor-Pantar > Alor-Pantar > Teiwa-Sar > teiw1235";;
"usan1239";"Usan";145,35063;-4,85157;"Owen's cleaned up version. Removed question marks. Arbitrarily chose only the longer object prefixes listed on p.51 of Reesink (1984) Given the way plural inanimate objects are conceived of as singular, the third person plural object prefix could never refer to inanimate objects, and the third person singular does not have an explicit object prefix. (Reesink 1987: 109) -- I assume that plural inanimate possessors are also referred to with a singular form (C vT). Objects are marked by object prefixes on verbs. There is no 3sg object prefix and therefore The free third person singular pronoun may also fill the object position, but as such it is not a verbal prefix. (p51)";"Reesink, Ger P. 1987. Structures and their functions in Usan: A Papuan language of Papua New Guinea. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.";"Reesink, Ger P";" Structures and their functions in Usan: A Papuan language of Papua New Guinea";1987;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Madang > Croisilles > Numugenan > usan1239";;
"kobo1249";"Kobon";144,43296;-5,18636;"Owen's cleaned up version. Removed O forms that are also A and S forms, note that the other variants (i.e. yad/ad) are listed with no indication of eihter having a special use All pronominal forms except the object forms may function alone as a nominal or as an attributive element within a noun phrase. The object forms may only function as free personal pronouns. (Davies 1981: 151).";"Davies, John. 1981. Kobon. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Company.";"Davies, John";" Kobon";1981;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Madang > Kalamic-South Adelbert > Kalam-Kobon > kobo1249";;
"amel1241";"Amele";145,6852;-5,28986;"The forms given here in for the possessive paradigm are the ones used for alienable possession. Alienable possession is expressed by a possessive noun phrase (...) which comprises a possessed nominal preceded by a possessive postpositional phrase. The postposition is na 'of' and this can follow either a pronoun or a nominal if it is a name or kinship term (Roberts 1987: 171). The forms of the suffixes for inalienable possession depend on the grammatical class of the noun (ibid.: 172). inalienably possessed nouns, mainly kinship and body part terms, are suffixed for person and number of the possessor and, in the case of the kinship nouns, also for singular or plural number of the possessee. (ibid.: 139) ";"Roberts, John R. 1987. Amele. London: Croom Helm.";"Roberts, John R";" Amele";1987;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Madang > Croisilles > Mabuso > Gum > amel1241";;
"tetu1246";"Tetun Dili";125,58471;-8,57758;;"Williams-van Klinken, Catharina, John Hajek and Rachel Nordlinger. 2002. Tetun Dili: A grammar of an East Timorese language, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies Australian National University. ";"Williams-van Klinken, Catharina, John Hajek and Rachel Nordlinger";" Tetun Dili: A grammar of an East Timorese language, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies Australian National University";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Central Malayo-Polynesian > Timoric A > Central Timoric A > Tetunic > tetu1246";;
"torr1261";"Torres Strait Creole";142,692;-11,066;;"Shnukal, Anna. 1988. Broken: An Introduction to the Creole Language of Torres Strait. Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. ";"Shnukal, Anna";" Broken: An Introduction to the Creole Language of Torres Strait";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Pacific Creole English > Early Melanesian Pidgin > torr1261";;
"baya1257";"Bayali";151,69855;-24,97935;;"Terrill, Angela. 2002. Dharumbal: The language of Rockhampton, Australia. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University. ";"Terrill, Angela";" Dharumbal: The language of Rockhampton, Australia";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Rockhampton-Gladstone > baya1257";;
"fasu1242";"Fasu";143,26409;-6,63959;"Owen's cleaned up version. Removed first set of possessives (used for body parts) The first of the possessive forms is used for body parts, the second one for everything else.";"May, Jean & Eunice Loeweke. 1980. General grammar of Fasu (Namo me). Ukarumpa: SIL.";"May, Jean & Eunice Loeweke";" General grammar of Fasu (Namo me)";1980;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"fasu1242: no Classification";;
"naba1256";"Nabak";146,97751;-6,43141;"Another way of expressing possession is by adding a possessive suffix to the item possessed (see Fabian et al. 19988: 75). The possessive suffixes are not given here.";"Fabian, Grace, Edmund Fabian and Bruce Waters. 1998. Morphology, syntax and cohesion in Nabak, Papua New Guinea. C-144 Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Fabian, Grace, Edmund Fabian and Bruce Waters";" Morphology, syntax and cohesion in Nabak, Papua New Guinea";1998;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Finisterre-Huon > Huon > Western Huon > Nabak-Momolili > naba1256";;
"west2594";"Western Dani";138,2928;-3,76094;"Possession is marked by adding pronominal prefixes to nouns. There are four different classes which vary according to the initial sound of the noun. (Barclay 2008: 66).";"Barclay, Peter. 2008. A grammar of Western Dani. München: LINCOM Europa.";"Barclay, Peter";" A grammar of Western Dani";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Dani > Central Dani > Pyramid-Swart Valley > west2594";;
"buna1278";"Bunaq";125,28772;-9,16616;"Note that there is no 3rd singular personal pronoun, demonstratives are used in this role. (Schapper 2009: 90). The animate form of the non-proximal demonstrative is used to track 3sg referents. It has been included here in the paradigm to fill all cells. The possessive pronouns given are for alienable possession. About inalienable possession: (Schapper 2009: 321) In Bunaq possessive relations of this [=inalienble] kind are denoted by compounding. The possessor of an inalienable possessor compound always precedes the possessum. Inalienable possessors can be realised in a variety of ways by prefixes on the possessum, six different classes are recognised on the basis of the inflectional options they show in the 3rd person (...). 1st persons and 2nd persons are predictable across classes. ";"Schapper, Antoinette. 2009. Bunaq: A Papuan language of central Timor. PhD thesis. Australian National University.";"Schapper, Antoinette";" Bunaq: A Papuan language of central Timor";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Timor-Alor-Pantar > East Timor-Bunaq > buna1278";;
"mian1256";"Mian";141,53158;-4,70701;"Owen's cleaned up version. Removed alone /l/ series. Removed bound forms. Used male forms for 2nd and 3rd person. Retained only male froms for 2nd person. Gender 1 = male, Gender 2 = female";"Fedden, Sebastian. 2007. A grammar of Mian, a Papuan language of New Guinea. PhD thesis. University of Melbourne.";"Fedden, Sebastian";" A grammar of Mian, a Papuan language of New Guinea";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Ok-Oksapmin > Ok > Mountain Ok > Mianic > mian1256";;
"oksa1245";"Oksapmin";142,18519;-5,20147;"This analect (entered by Nick Evans, and subsequently edited by Owen) just gives the regular and possessive forms. [Other coding decisions left as is] Pronouns most commonly occur in noun phrases which refer to higher animates. (Loughnane 2009: 94). As there is a distinction in the pronominal forms for third singular male and female, I have not filled in the neuter slot. Because there is no gender distinction for the third dual and plural, I (CvT) have filled in all the slots. In Oksapmin, the `alone' pronoun is used when you want to refer to the set of referents in question and that set alon, where it was expected that additional participants would have also participated in that same role in the action. (Loughnane 2009: 94). The second form in each box of the paradigms is the `alone' form. ";"Loughnane, Robyn. 2009. A grammar of Oksapmin. PhD thesis. University of Melbourne.";"Loughnane, Robyn";" A grammar of Oksapmin";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Ok-Oksapmin > oksa1245";;
"yaga1260";"Yagaria";145,38592;-6,31838;;"Renck, B L. 1975. A grammar of Yagaria (Pacific Linguistics B40). Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. ";"Renck, B L";" A grammar of Yagaria (Pacific Linguistics B40)";1975;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Kainantu-Goroka > Goroka > Nuclear Goroka > Siane-Yagaria > Kamano-Yagaria > yaga1260";;
"fore1270";"Fore";145,52846;-6,60919;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Kainantu-Goroka > Goroka > Nuclear Goroka > Fore-Gimi > fore1270";;
"madh1244";"Mathi-Mathi";"no longitude";"no latitude";"The third person was generally not expressed at all, it was understood. Deictics served as third person pronouns when necessary for comprehension, quite often with interchanges between different synonymous forms.. p96-97 Gaps in the paradigm are due to gaps in the source. 3rd person forms are middle distance demonstratives used with third person reference in available texts.";"Blake, Barry J., Luise Hercus, Stephen Morey, and Edward Ryan. 2011. The Mathi group of languages. 628. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Blake, Barry J";2011;", Luise Hercus, Stephen Morey, and Edward Ryan";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Southeastern Pama-Nyungan > Victorian Pama-Nyungan > Kulin-Bunganditj > Kulin > Nuclear Kulin > Western Victoria > madh1244";;
"moke1242";"Moken";98,26389;11,67158;;"Chantanakomes, Veena. 1980. A description of Moken: a Malayo-Polynesian language. MA thesis. University of Nakhon Pathom.";"Chantanakomes, Veena";" A description of Moken: a Malayo-Polynesian language";1980;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Moken-Moklen > moke1242";;
"sund1252";"Sunda";107,3063;-6,93134;"The ordinary form of the pronouns is presented here. There are also high elevating and high humiliating forms.";"van Syoc, Wayland Bryce. 1959. The phonology and morphology of the Sundanese language. PhD thesis. University of Michigan.";"van Syoc, Wayland Bryce";" The phonology and morphology of the Sundanese language";1959;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > Sundanese-Badui > sund1252";;
"eipo1242";"Eipo";140,06088;-4,35884;"Dual number is either expressed by adding betinye two to the plural number personal pronouns (...) or by co-ordinating one of the singular pronouns with the dual tense suffixes. (Heeschen 1998: 148). The free personal pronouns rarely occur as object pronouns. (...) First of all, they co-occur with, and are replaced by, the set of object pronouns, which are non-final suffixes of the verb, and secondly, they are condensed structures, which onlly make sense if the proper object pronouns alon or the co-occurrence of the free pronouns and the proper object pronouns have established unequivocal reference. (Heeschen 1998: 152). ";"Heeschen, Volker. 1998. An ethnographic grammar of the Eipo language spoken in the central mountains of Irian Jaya (West New Guinea), Indonesia. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.";"Heeschen, Volker";" An ethnographic grammar of the Eipo language spoken in the central mountains of Irian Jaya (West New Guinea), Indonesia";1998;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Mek > Eastern Mek > eipo1242";;
"java1254";"Javanese";102,90045;-3,13439;"The first form in the cell is the low register (Ngoko), the middle form is the middle register (Krama), and the third form in the cell is the high register (Krama Inggil).";"Robson, Stuart. 1992. Javanese grammar for students (Monash papers on Southeast Asia 26). Victoria: Centre of Southeast Asian Studies, Clayton.";"Robson, Stuart";" Javanese grammar for students (Monash papers on Southeast Asia 26)";1992;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Javanesic > Modern Javanese > java1254";;
"maka1311";"Makassarese";119,68807;-5,30641;"While there are free, independent pronouns in the language, the pro- and enclitics are primarily used for argument reference.";"Jukes, Anthony. 2006. Makassarese (basa Mangkasara'): A description of an Austronesian language of South Sulawesi. PhD thesis. University of Melbourne.";"Jukes, Anthony";" Makassarese (basa Mangkasara'): A description of an Austronesian language of South Sulawesi";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > South Sulawesi > Makassaric > Nuclear Makassaric > maka1311";;
"nucl1460";"Madurese";113,78149;-7,93121;"There are a large number of pronouns in Madurese. The forms presented here are the most commonly used in the grammar. from p82 the full list is: Everday speech: 1 səŋkɔʔ, əŋkɔʔ, abaʔ 2 baʔna, baʔən, baʔəŋ, kakə, sətʰa 3 abaʔana, abaʔəŋ, dibiʔna, dibiʔəŋ Higher speech levels: 1 bula, gula, kaula, (ba)dan kaula, daləm, apdina, apdi daləm, bal-gəbbal daləm 2 dika, diko, sampejan, panɟənnəŋŋan, padana, sampəjan daləm, aɟunan daləm, saɟunan daləm, aɟunan sampəjan, aɟunan panɟənnəŋŋan";"Davies, William D. 2010. A grammar of Madurese (Mouton Grammar Library 50). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.";"Davies, William D";" A grammar of Madurese (Mouton Grammar Library 50)";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > Maduresic > nucl1460";;
"komb1274";"Kombai";139,88584;-5,59451;;"de Vries, Lourens J. 1993. Forms and functions in Kombai, an Awyu language of Irian Jaya. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"de Vries, Lourens J";" Forms and functions in Kombai, an Awyu language of Irian Jaya";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Greater Awyu > Awyu-Dumut > Ndeiram > komb1274";;
"kamo1255";"Kamoro";135,9067;-4,37125;"removed froms used Als men uitdrukkelijk wil aanduiden, dat het persoonlijk voornaamwoord het onderwerp in de zin is, Aslo, looks like I didn't duplicate this paradigm before editing. Sorry!";"Drabbe, Petrus. 1953. Spraakkunst van de Kamoro-taal. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.";"Drabbe, Petrus";" Spraakkunst van de Kamoro-taal";1953;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Asmat-Kamoro > kamo1255";;
"wamb1259";"Wambon";140,46051;-5,47783;;"de Vries, Lourens J. and Robinia de Vries-Wiersma. 1992. The morphology of Wambon of the Irian Jaya Upper-Digul area: With an introduction to its phonology. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.";"de Vries, Lourens J";1992;" and Robinia de Vries-Wiersma";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Greater Awyu > Awyu-Dumut > Dumut > Ketum-Wambon > wamb1259";;
"nucl1632";"Sentani";140,51954;-2,59993;"Owen's cleaned up version. Only retained set II forms (p.16) as the ohters have more specific uses In a footnote, Cowan (1965: 16) writes I have included this inclusive form of the 1st p. du., pl., although it is not in general use and is probably a dialectal form adapted to this specialized end under Austronesian influence. (...) The seris II type of this pronoun (e) is put between brackets because I have never met it in actual usage, while my informants were divided in their opinions on the point. I hope I have interpreted Cowan (1965: 16) well as concerns the dəjɛ (etc) vs. the da (etc) series. The da series can be used with postpositions -- I do not know if they are obligatorily followed by postpositions when they are O. ";"Cowan, Hendrik Karel Jan. 1965. Grammar of the Sentani language: With specimen texts and vocabulary. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.";"Cowan, Hendrik Karel Jan";" Grammar of the Sentani language: With specimen texts and vocabulary";1965;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sentanic > Nuclear Sentanic > nucl1632";;
"abui1241";"Abui";124,59376;-8,31078;"Owen's cleaned up version. I've retained only the patient bound pronouns (for S and P). Charlotte is right in entering both patent and actor forms for S, the language works on an actor/undergoer basis. I've selected the inalienable forms for possessors. (Alienable forms are idenical except any form with /a/ has /e/ instead. The free pronouns serve to express or co-index Actor (A) arguments. (...) [T]he bound pronouns are prefixed to nouns and verbs. Bound pronouns are divided into three formally distinct sets. Pronominal prefixes are polysemous. They combine with verbs to express the Undergoer (U) arguments and with nouns to express possessors. For an overview of the sets and their menings, see Kratochvíl (2007: 76--77). The single participant of the intransitive verb may be realized as the A or U argument. (Kratochvíl 2007: 177), so that's why the S paradigms are filled with both the A and the O(/U) forms.";"Kratochvíl, František. 2007. A grammar of Abui: A Papuan language of Alor. PhD thesis. Leiden University.";"Kratochvíl, František";" A grammar of Abui: A Papuan language of Alor";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Timor-Alor-Pantar > Alor-Pantar > Alor > abui1241";;
"lamp1243";"Lampung";103,93996;-4,88372;"There are two speech levels for the pronouns. The first one listed is the lower level, and the second one listed is the higher level. In the case of 1pl.incl the form is the same for both levels.";"Walker, Dale. 1976. A Grammar of the Lampung language: the Pesisir Dialect of Way Lima. Jakarta: Badan Penyelenggara Seri NUSA";"Walker, Dale";" A Grammar of the Lampung language: the Pesisir Dialect of Way Lima";1976;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Lampungic > lamp1243";;
"bali1278";"Balinese";115,17527;-8,3785;;"Barber, Charles. 1977. A Grammar of the Balinese language. Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Library.";"Barber, Charles";" A Grammar of the Balinese language";1977;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Bali-Sasak-Sumbawa > bali1278";;
"taga1270";"Tagalog";121,38616;14,21913;"A, S, O not clear for lgs. with a Philippine type voice system. I have chosen the genitive forms (non-suject) for A and O, and the nominative/ang forms for S (subject)";"Schachter, Paul and Fe Otanes. 1972. Tagalog reference Grammar. Berkeley: University of California Press";"Schachter, Paul and Fe Otanes";" Tagalog reference Grammar";1972;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Greater Central Philippine > Central Philippine > Tagalogic > Tagalog-Filipino > taga1270";;
"plat1254";"Malagasy, plateau";47,14491;-19,22669;"Orthographically <y> is used for word final /i/ (sort of like English). I've written word final /i/ as <i>.";"Griffiths, David. 1854. A Grammar of the Malagasy Language in the Ankova Dialect. Woodbridge: Edward Pite.";"Griffiths, David";" A Grammar of the Malagasy Language in the Ankova Dialect";1854;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Basap-Greater Barito > Greater Barito linkage > Southeast Barito > Malagasic > North-Central Malagasic > Central Malagasic > Northern Central Malagasic > Northeast Central Malagasic > Bara-Merina > plat1254";;
"idaa1241";"Ida'an";118,50183;5,14654;;"Goudswaard, Nelleke Elisabeth. 2005. The Begak (Ida'an) language of Sabah (LOT Dissertation Series 107). Utrecht: LOT.";"Goudswaard, Nelleke Elisabeth";" The Begak (Ida'an) language of Sabah (LOT Dissertation Series 107)";2005;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > North Borneo Malayo-Polynesian > Northeast Sabahan > idaa1241";;
"ruka1240";"Rukai";120,83424;22,81565;;"Li, Paul Jen-Kuei. 1973. Rukai Structure. PhD thesis. University of Hawaii.";"Li, Paul Jen-Kuei";" Rukai Structure";1973;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > ruka1240";;
"atay1247";"Atayal";121,35284;24,47022;;"Rau, Der-Hwa Victoria. 1992. A Grammar of Atayal. PhD thesis. Cornell University.";"Rau, Der-Hwa Victoria";" A Grammar of Atayal";1992;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Atayalic > atay1247";;
"bunu1267";"Bunun";121,04685;23,41418;"Philippine type voice system. S=Focussed Agent A=Neutral O=Neutral";"de Busser, Rik L.J. 2009. Towards a grammar of Takivatan Bunun: Selected Topics. PhD thesis. La Trobe University.";"de Busser, Rik L";2009;"J";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > bunu1267";;
"kala1377";"Kala Lagaw Ya";142,30484;-10,13496;;"Ford, Kevin and Dana Ober. 1991. A sketch of Kalaw Kawaw Ya. In S. Romaine (ed.), Language in Australia. pp. 118–142. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ";"Ford, Kevin and Dana Ober";" A sketch of Kalaw Kawaw Ya";1991;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > kala1377";;
"sira1267";"Siraya";120,31451;22,97767;;"Adelaar, Alexander. 2011. Siraya: Retrieving the Phonology, Grammar and Lexicon of a Dormant Formosan Language (Trends in Linguistics. Documentation 30). Berlin: Mouton.";"Adelaar, Alexander";" Siraya: Retrieving the Phonology, Grammar and Lexicon of a Dormant Formosan Language (Trends in Linguistics";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > East Formosan > sira1267";;
"paiw1248";"Paiwan";120,76642;22,44026;"S=Fokus A=Obliquus O=Obliquus";"Egli, Hans. 1990. Paiwangrammatik. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.";"Egli, Hans";" Paiwangrammatik";1990;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > paiw1248";;
"amis1246";"Amis";121,35779;23,36496;;"Wu, Jing-lan Joy. 2006. Verb Classification, Case Marking, and Grammatical relations in Amis. PhD thesis. State University of New York at Buffalo.";"Wu, Jing-lan Joy";" Verb Classification, Case Marking, and Grammatical relations in Amis";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > East Formosan > Central East Formosan > amis1246";;
"taro1264";"Taroko";121,35791;24,02603;"A and S forms are the direct form preceded by the nominative marker ka. O forms are the Oblique forms. p302";"Tsukida, Naomi. 2005. Seediq. In Alexander Adelaar & Nikolaus Himmelmann (eds.), The Austronesian Languages of Asia and Madagascar (Routledge Language Family Series). pp. 291-325. London and New York: Routledge.";"Tsukida, Naomi";" Seediq";2005;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Atayalic > taro1264";;
"thao1240";"Thao";120,92972;23,83349;;"Wang, Shan-Shan. 2004. An Ergative View of Thao Syntax. PhD thesis. University of Hawai'i at Manoa.";"Wang, Shan-Shan";" An Ergative View of Thao Syntax";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Western Plains Austronesian > thao1240";;
"bugi1244";"Bugis";120,20591;-3,99551;;"Samsuri, J. 1965. Introduction to a Rappang Buginese grammar. PhD thesis. Indiana University, Bloomington.";"Samsuri, J";" Introduction to a Rappang Buginese grammar";1965;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > South Sulawesi > Tamanic-Bugis > Bugis > bugi1244";;
"adan1251";"Adang";124,45263;-8,18908;"Owen's cleaned up version. The pronominal prefixes mark inalienable possession (Haan 2001: 38) and the objects of some verbs. Other verbs use the accusative free pronouns (with -ri) for their objects (ibid.: 46). As for the free pronouns that mark (alienable) possession, [s]emantically, both types of genitive pronouns express possession. The difference, however, is that a genitive pronoun marked e, while expressing possession, also expresses emphasis or contrast. I shall call it a ‘contrastive’ genitive pronoun. A genitive pronoun marked ɔ does not express emphasis or contrast. Therefore I call it a ‘non-contrastive’ genitive pronoun. (ibid.: 163).";"Haan, Johnson W. 2001. The grammar of Adang: A Papuan language spoken on the island of Alor, East Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia. PhD thesis. University of Sydney.";"Haan, Johnson W";" The grammar of Adang: A Papuan language spoken on the island of Alor, East Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Timor-Alor-Pantar > Alor-Pantar > Alor > West Alor > Straits West Alor > Adang-Hamap-Kabola > adan1251";;
"mauw1238";"Mauwake";145,39012;-4,538;"Owen's cleaned up version. Removed non-genitive possessive pronouns as [...]the main strategy for expressing the possessor in a NP is to use either the genitive pronoun or a possessive noun phrase.";"Berghäll, Liisa. 2010. Mauwake reference grammar. PhD thesis. University of Helsinki. ";"Berghäll, Liisa";" Mauwake reference grammar";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Madang > Croisilles > Kumilan > mauw1238";;
"tain1253";"Tainae";145,68736;-7,40612;"Personal pronouns in Tainae are of two main types, those tied in to the noun class system, and the set which is independent of noun class. (Carlson 1991: 35). The first type is more common, and given below. Tainae has a masculine and a feminine set of pronouns, for all person/numbers. For all first and second persons, only the masculine forms are given below. Tainae has 11 noun classes (including feminine and masculine). The boxes for inanimate forms are not filled in below, as Carlson does not give any other forms for the 9 remaining noun classes than 2sg (ibid.: 26).";"Carlson, Terry. 1991. Tainae grammar essentials. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.";"Carlson, Terry";" Tainae grammar essentials";1991;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Angan > Nuclear Angan > Ankave-Tainae-Akoye > Tainae-Akoye > tain1253";;
"maka1316";"Makalero";126,51061;-8,62998;"The second person pronouns can neither be used to address people of higher status nor people of equal status if the speaker does not have a close relationship to them. (Huber 2011: 220). The use of the third person pronouns is restricted to human referents. (ibid.: 223).";"Huber, Juliette. 2011. A grammar of Makalero: A Papuan language of East Timor. PhD thesis. Leiden University. ";"Huber, Juliette";" A grammar of Makalero: A Papuan language of East Timor";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Timor-Alor-Pantar > East Timor-Bunaq > East Timor > maka1316";;
"mosk1236";"Moskona";133,10644;-1,65809;;"Gravelle, Gloria J. 2010. A grammar of Moskona: An East Bird's Head language of West Papua, Indonesia. PhD thesis. VU University Amsterdam.";"Gravelle, Gloria J";" A grammar of Moskona: An East Bird's Head language of West Papua, Indonesia";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"East Bird's Head > Meax > mosk1236";;
"biak1248";"Biak";135,50659;-0,69929;;"van den Heuvel, Wilco. 2006. Biak: Description of an Austronesian language of Papua. Doctoral disseration. Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.";"van den Heuvel, Wilco";" Biak: Description of an Austronesian language of Papua";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Greater SHWNG > South Halmahera-West New Guinea > Cenderawasih Bay > Biakic > Biak-Roon > biak1248";;
"loni1238";"Loniu";147,34109;-2,06932;;"Hamel, Patricia J. 1985. A Grammar of Loniu. PhD thesis. University of Kansas.";"Hamel, Patricia J";" A Grammar of Loniu";1985;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Admiralty Islands > Eastern Admiralty Islands > Manus > Mokoreng-Loniu > loni1238";;
"dehu1237";"Dehu";167,22676;-20,94378;;"Tryon, Darrell T. 1967. Dehu Grammar. B7. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Tryon, Darrell T";" Dehu Grammar";1967;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Loyalty Islands > dehu1237";;
"sata1237";"Satawalese";147,03718;7,3605;;"Roddy, Kevin M. 2007. A sketch grammar of Satawalese, the language of Satawal Island, Yap State, Micronesia. MA thesis. University of Hawai'i at Manoa.";"Roddy, Kevin M";" A sketch grammar of Satawalese, the language of Satawal Island, Yap State, Micronesia";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Micronesian > Nuclear Micronesian > Central Micronesian > Western Micronesian > Chuukic-Ponapeic > Trukic > Nuclear Trukic > Central Trukic > Satawalese-Carolinian > sata1237";;
"mafe1237";"Mafea";167,2346;-15,4191;;"Guérin, Valérie M. P. R. 2008. Discovering Mav̋ea: Grammar, Texts, and Lexicon. PhD thesis. University of Hawai'i.";"Guérin, Valérie M";" R";" P";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Northern Vanuatu > Espiritu Santo > East Santo > Mafea-Tutuba > mafe1237";;
"long1395";"Longgu";160,65152;-9,72117;"The independet pronouns (free forms) are used for alienable possession, and suffixes are used for inalienable possession.";"Hill, Deborah. 1992. Longgu grammar. PhD thesis. Australian National University.";"Hill, Deborah";" Longgu grammar";1992;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Southeast Solomonic > Longgu-Malaita-Makira > long1395";;
"vano1237";"Lovono";165,92732;-10,68653;;"François, Alexandre. 2010. The languages of Vanikoro: three lexicons and one grammar. In Bethwyn Evans (ed.), Discovering history through language: Papers in honour of Malcolm Ross (Pacific Linguistics 605). pp. 103-126. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"François, Alexandre";" The languages of Vanikoro: three lexicons and one grammar";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Temotu > Utupua-Vanikoro > vano1237";;
"tane1237";"Tanema";160,94204;-8,73605;;"François, Alexandre. 2010. The languages of Vanikoro: three lexicons and one grammar. In Bethwyn Evans (ed.), Discovering history through language: Papers in honour of Malcolm Ross (Pacific Linguistics 605). pp. 103-126. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"François, Alexandre";" The languages of Vanikoro: three lexicons and one grammar";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Temotu > Utupua-Vanikoro > tane1237";;
"tean1237";"Teanu";166,87925;-11,65725;;"François, Alexandre. 2010. The languages of Vanikoro: three lexicons and one grammar. In Bethwyn Evans (ed.), Discovering history through language: Papers in honour of Malcolm Ross (Pacific Linguistics 605). pp. 103-126. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"François, Alexandre";" The languages of Vanikoro: three lexicons and one grammar";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Temotu > Utupua-Vanikoro > tean1237";;
"toba1266";"Tobati";140,76188;-2,64894;"Blanks in the paradigm are where there is no bound form. All of the possessives, for example are expressed by free pronouns (see the free pronoun paradigm).";"Donohue, Mark. 2002. Tobati. In John Lynch, Malcolm Ross & Terry Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic Languages (Curzon Language Family Series). pp. 186-203. Richmond: Curzon. ";"Donohue, Mark";" Tobati";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > North New Guinea linkage > Sarmi-Jayapura Bay > Jayapura Bay > toba1266";;
"cebu1242";"Cebuano";123,64698;10,20178;;"Wolff, John Ulrich. 1965. Cebuano Visayan syntax. PhD thesis. University of New Haven. ";"Wolff, John Ulrich";" Cebuano Visayan syntax";1965;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Greater Central Philippine > Central Philippine > Bisayan > cebu1242";;
"muna1247";"Muna";122,59152;-4,98266;;"van den Berg, René. 1989. A Grammar of the Muna Language. Dordrecht-Holland: Foris.";"van den Berg, René";" A Grammar of the Muna Language";1989;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Celebic > Eastern Celebic > Southeastern Celebic > Muna-Buton > Nuclear Muna-Buton > Munan > Munic > Western Munic > muna1247";;
"tuka1248";"Tukang Besi";123,58168;-5,31664;;"Donohue, Mark. 1999. A Grammar of Tukang Besi. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.";"Donohue, Mark";" A Grammar of Tukang Besi";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Celebic > Eastern Celebic > Southeastern Celebic > Muna-Buton > Tukangbesi-Bonerate > Tukang Besi > tuka1248";;
"kode1237";"Kodeoha";120,94425;-3,39475;;"Mead, David. 1998. Proto-Bungku-Tolaki: Reconstruction of its Phonology and Aspects of its Morphosyntax. PhD thesis. Rice University.";"Mead, David";" Proto-Bungku-Tolaki: Reconstruction of its Phonology and Aspects of its Morphosyntax";1998;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Celebic > Eastern Celebic > Southeastern Celebic > Bungku-Tolaki > Western Bungku-Tolaki > West Coast Bungku-Tolaki > kode1237";;
"nucl1327";"Limilngan";131,84525;-12,42938;"Harvey (2001) notes that there is an accidental gap in the paradigm for this form, but postulates the form entered here. Note also that for the possessive series, forms are given for Class II possessees, since the paradigm for Class I possessees is incomplete.";"Harvey, Mark. 2001. A grammar of Limilngan: A language of the Mary River Region, Northern Territory, Australia. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Harvey, Mark";" A grammar of Limilngan: A language of the Mary River Region, Northern Territory, Australia";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Limilngan-Wulna > nucl1327";;
"bung1264";"Bunganditj";"no longitude";"no latitude";"In Bunganditj there were free pronouns and bound pronouns. The free pronouns took case marking just like nouns, including ergative case marking when subject of a transitive verb. The free pronouns use for the subject of an intransitive predicate and the bound pronouns used for all subjects are displayed in Table 16. p37 Based on this, the A forms have been entered as per the S forms plus ergative case marking. Dual and plural O forms are not covered in the source. ";"Blake, Barry. 2003. The Bungandith (Buwandik) language of the Mount Gambier Region, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"Blake, Barry";" The Bungandith (Buwandik) language of the Mount Gambier Region, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Southeastern Pama-Nyungan > Victorian Pama-Nyungan > Kulin-Bunganditj > Warrnambool-Bunganditj > bung1264";;
"gund1249";"Warrnambool";"no longitude";"no latitude";"The author found free possessive pronouns for only htree person number combinations (p37). A paradigm of clitics is also used to indicate possession. Because it is complete it has been included here rather than the free forms.";"Blake, Barry. 2003. The Warrnambool Language, A consolidated account of the Aboriginal language of the Warrnambool area of the Western District of Victoria based on nineteenth-century source. 544. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"Blake, Barry";" The Warrnambool Language, A consolidated account of the Aboriginal language of the Warrnambool area of the Western District of Victoria based on nineteenth-century source";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Southeastern Pama-Nyungan > Victorian Pama-Nyungan > Kulin-Bunganditj > Kulin > Nuclear Kulin > Woiwurrung > gund1249";;
"duna1248";"Duna";142,50547;-5,44046;;"San Roque, Lila. 2008. An introduction to Duna grammar. PhD thesis. Australian National University.";"San Roque, Lila";" An introduction to Duna grammar";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"duna1248: no Classification";;
"mart1256";"Yulparija";122,02575;-24,30166;;"Burridge, Kate. 1996. Yulparija. In William McGregor (ed.), Studies in Kimberley Languages in Honour of Howard Coate. pp. 15-69. Munich, Newcastle: LINCOM Europe.";"Burridge, Kate";" Yulparija";1996;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Desert Nyungic > Wati > Martuwangkic > Warnman-Wangka > mart1256";;
"guri1247";"Gurindji";130,36509;-17,0598;;"McConvell, Patrick. 1980. Hierarchical variation in pronominal clitic attachment in the Eastern Ngumbin languages. In Rigsby, B. and P. Sutton (eds.), Papers in Australian Linguistics No 13: contributions to Australian Linguistic., Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"McConvell, Patrick";" Hierarchical variation in pronominal clitic attachment in the Eastern Ngumbin languages";1980;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Desert Nyungic > Ngumpin-Yapa > Ngumpin > Gurindjic > guri1247";;
"mink1237";"Minkin";"no longitude";"no latitude";"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"mink1237: no Classification";;
"meny1245";"Menya";146,05967;-7,16226;"The third person forms are rarely used, relative to the demonstrative pronouns introduced below. The third dual form qe, which is identical to and probably and (sic) extended use of the second dual, has never been observed in the unmarked form [i.e. the form for core arguments, without case markers attached] but is used in the emphatic forms (Whitehead 2004: 23). ";"Whitehead, Carl A. 2004. A reference grammar of Menya, and Angan language of Papua New Guinea. PhD thesis. University of Manitoba.";"Whitehead, Carl A";" A reference grammar of Menya, and Angan language of Papua New Guinea";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Angan > Nuclear Angan > Kapau-Menya > meny1245";;
"ngan1295";"Ngandi";134,64913;-12,84476;;"Heath, Jeffrey. 1978. Ngandi grammar, texts and dictionary. Canberra, New Jersey: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies";"Heath, Jeffrey";" Ngandi grammar, texts and dictionary";1978;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Gunwinyguan > Gunwinyguan Bak > Eastern Gunwinyguan > ngan1295";;
"gara1269";"Garrwa";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Mushin, Ilana. 2012. A Grammar of (Western) Garrwa. Boston, Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton";"Mushin, Ilana";" A Grammar of (Western) Garrwa";2012;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Garrwan > gara1269";;
"gaga1251";"Gaagudju";132,66783;-12,53716;"The source gives no special possessive series, but it appears that the base pronouns are simply juxtaposed (p. 368, ex. 7-193). There are special prefixes for kinship possessor (p. 170). Unit augmented forms distinguish whether the augmenting unit is masculine or feminine. The feminine unit augmented form is given here, since the data presentation implies it is unmarked. For 1+2, the augmented rather than the unit augmented form is given for the plural. ";"Harvey, Mark. 2002. A Grammar of Gaagudju. Berlin, New York: Mouton de Gruyter";"Harvey, Mark";" A Grammar of Gaagudju";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"gaga1251: no Classification";;
"sans1269";"Sanskrit";81,94101;25,38789;;"Egenes, Thomas. 2006. Introduction to Sanskrit. Part One. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidas Publishers. ";"Egenes, Thomas";" Introduction to Sanskrit";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Indo-Iranian > Indo-Aryan > sans1269";;
"makl1246";"Maklew";139,28742;-7,74946;"p. 19";"Boelaars, J.H.M.C. 1950. The Linguistic Position of South Western New Guinea. Leiden: Brill.";"Boelaars, J";"M";"H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bulaka River > makl1246";;
"yelm1242";"Yelmek";139,11627;-7,45365;"p. 25. There are two possessive pronouns, one modifying subjects ('Set III'), one modifying objects ('Set IV'). The second appears to be the basic set plus an object marker -i, only the first set ('Set III') are given here.";"Boelaars, J.H.M.C. 1950. The Linguistic Position of South Western New Guinea. Leiden: Brill.";"Boelaars, J";"M";"H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bulaka River > yelm1242";;
"mala1464";"Malayalam";76,24634;10,6106;"The forms listed below are given in a phonemic transcription consistent with the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA), with one partial exception. Specifically, note that while /r/ represents an alveolar tap/trill, as in the IPA, /ɾ/ here represents what is described as a 'voiced apico-dentialveolar tap with a distinct palatal resonance' (Asher and Kumari 1997:418). Also note, the languages possesses 3S and 3PL neuter pronouns in all case forms (Asher and Kumari 1997:258-64) which are not listed below. In addition, while there is a gender distinction between 3S masculine (Gender 1 below) and 3S feminine (Gender 2) pronouns this distinction does not exist for 3PL forms with the sole gender distinction being that between shared masculine/feminine forms and neuter forms (Asher and Kumari 1997:258-64). ";"Asher, R.E. and T.C. Kumari. 1997. Malayalam. London: Routledge. ";"Asher, R";" and T";"E";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Dravidian > South Dravidian > South Dravidian I > Tamil-Kannada > Tamil-Kota > Tamil-Toda > Tamil-Irula > Tamil-Kodagu > Tamil-Malayalam > Malayalamoid > mala1464";;
"meya1236";"Meyah";133,55101;-1,11433;;"Gravelle, Gilles. 2004. The Meyah Language of Papua. Doctoral dissertation. Vrije Universiteit.";"Gravelle, Gilles";" The Meyah Language of Papua";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"East Bird's Head > Meax > meya1236";;
"mani1235";"Manikion";133,9405;-1,4879;;"Reesink, Ger P. 2002. A Grammar Sketch of Sougb. In Ger P. Reesink (ed.), Languages of the Eastern Bird's Head (Pacific Linguistics 524). pp. 181-276. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Reesink, Ger P";" A Grammar Sketch of Sougb";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"East Bird's Head > mani1235";;
"burm1264";"Burmeso";138,20817;-2,49202;"No 3sg or 3pl forms exist (except possessives). Dual category only exists in the 1st person.";"Donohue, Mark. 2001. Animacy, Class and Gender in Burmeso. In Andrew Pawley, Malcolm Ross and Darrell Tryon (eds.), The Boy from Bundaberg: Studies in Melanesian Linguistics in Honour of Tom Dutton (Pacific Linguistics 514). pp. 97-115. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Donohue, Mark";" Animacy, Class and Gender in Burmeso";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"burm1264: no Classification";;
"kris1246";"I'saka";141,30389;-2,79464;"Tilde = nasalisation (which is a feature of the syllable). All pronouns have low tone. There is an additional paradigm of unmarked pronouns that may occur in all syntactic slots that has not been provided here. The nominative pronoun plus dative suffix may also be used as a possessive pronoun.";"Donohue, Mark and Lila San Roque. 2004. I'saka: a sketch grammar of a language of north-central New Guinea (Pacific Linguistics 554). Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Donohue, Mark and Lila San Roque";" I'saka: a sketch grammar of a language of north-central New Guinea (Pacific Linguistics 554)";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sko > kris1246";;
"nucl1634";"Skou";140,91072;-2,66639;"Gender 1 = non-feminine, Gender 2 = feminine. All dual non-possessive forms also make a gender distinction, the non-feminine froms are given";"Donohue, Mark. 2011. A Grammar of the Skou language of New Guinea. Unpublshed.";"Donohue, Mark";" A Grammar of the Skou language of New Guinea";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sko > Skou-Serra-Piore > Nuclear Skou-Serra-Piore > nucl1634";;
"wutu1244";"Wutung";141,09749;-2,64063;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sko > Skou-Serra-Piore > Nuclear Skou-Serra-Piore > wutu1244";;
"wara1302";"Warapu";142,0117;-3,08947;"Gender 1 = masculine, Gender 2 = feminine";"Corris, Miriam. 2005. A grammar of Barupu, a language of Papua New Guinea. PhD thesis. University of Sydney.";"Corris, Miriam";" A grammar of Barupu, a language of Papua New Guinea";2005;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sko > Skou-Serra-Piore > wara1302";;
"vani1248";"Vanimo";141,28033;-2,70331;;"Ross, Malcolm. 1980. Some Elements of Vanimo, A New Guinea Tone Language. In Papers in New Guinea Linguistics 20 (Pacific Linguistics: Series A 56). pp. 77-110. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Ross, Malcolm";" Some Elements of Vanimo, A New Guinea Tone Language";1980;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sko > Skou-Serra-Piore > Nuclear Skou-Serra-Piore > vani1248";;
"buki1249";"Bukiyip";143,12949;-3,47566;"Possessives are followed by a noun-class sufix";"Conrad, Robert J. and Kepas Wogiga. 1991. An outline of Bukiyip grammar (Pacific linguistics : Series C, Books 113). Canberra: Australian National University.";"Conrad, Robert J";1991;" and Kepas Wogiga";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Torricelli > Kombio-Arapesh-Urat > Arapesh > Mufian-Bukiyip-Abu > Bukiyip-Abu > buki1249";;
"mufi1238";"Mufian";142,94869;-3,58004;"Possessives are followed by a noun-class suffix.";"Conrad, Robert J., Joshua Lukas & John Alungum. 1978. Some Muhiang grammatical notes. In Richard Loving (ed.), Miscellaneous papers on Dobu and Arapesh (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea Languages 25). pp. 89-130. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.";"Conrad, Robert J";1978;", Joshua Lukas & John Alungum";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Torricelli > Kombio-Arapesh-Urat > Arapesh > Mufian-Bukiyip-Abu > mufi1238";;
"komb1272";"Kombio";142,72135;-3,49538;;"Henry, Joan. 1992. Kombio Grammar Essentials. Manuscript.";"Henry, Joan";" Kombio Grammar Essentials";1992;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Torricelli > Kombio-Arapesh-Urat > Kombio-Yambes > Kombioic > komb1272";;
"kama1367";"Kamasau";143,84655;-3,85098;;"Sanders, Joy & Arden G. Sanders. 1996. Wand Tuan wand puate: Yumbo yumbo buagi raqe wund (As tok bilong Tok Ples Wand Tuan: Kamasau practical tri-glot dictionary). Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics. ";"Sanders, Joy & Arden G";1996;" Sanders";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Torricelli > Marienberg > Elepi-Kamasau-Marienberg > kama1367";;
"auuu1241";"Au";142,13232;-3,58729;"Possesive pronouns start with a consonant which agrees with the number and gender of the possessum. I've just given the stem. The consonants are: k- masc/neut.sg p- fem.sg t- masc.dl n- masc/fem.pl m- neut.pl";"Scorza, David. 1985. A sketch of Au morphology and syntax. In Papers in New Guinea Linguistics 22 (Pacific Linguistics: Series A 63). pp. 215-273. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"Scorza, David";" A sketch of Au morphology and syntax";1985;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Torricelli > Au-Olo-Elkei > auuu1241";;
"urim1252";"Urim";142,64126;-3,59921;;"Hemmilä, Ritva and Pirkko Luoma. 1987. Urim grammar. Manuscript.";"Hemmilä, Ritva and Pirkko Luoma";" Urim grammar";1987;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Torricelli > urim1252";;
"naas1242";"Naasioi";155,59643;-6,34808;;"Onishi, Masayuki. 2004. Papuan languages of South Bougainville: Present and Future. In Shibata Norio & Toru Shionoya (eds.), Kan minami Taiheiyoo no gengo 3 [Languages of the South Pacific Rim 3] (ELPR Publications Series A1-008). pp. 119-134. Suita: Faculty of Informatics, Osaka Gakuin University.";"Onishi, Masayuki";" Papuan languages of South Bougainville: Present and Future";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"South Bougainville > Nasioi > naas1242";;
"koro1313";"Koromira";155,80563;-6,44635;"Taken from Rausch, but informed by Onishi (2004). (i.e. 3rd person forms dropped, possessives are bound forms (Rausch has kana where I have a hyphen). Also Rausch missed the glottal stops in Naasioi, so it's likely he's missed them here as well.";"Rausch, P. J. 1912. Die Sprachen von Südost-Bougainville. Deutsche Salomoninseln. Anthropos VII. pp. 105-pp. 134, pp. 585-616, pp. 964-994.";"Rausch, P";1912;" J";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"South Bougainville > Nasioi > koro1313";;
"tere1278";"Terei";155,61653;-6,72502;"Demonstratives are used with the function of third person pronouns. Unfortunately, the forms are not provided in the source.";"Onishi, Masayuki. 2004. Papuan languages of South Bougainville: Present and Future. In Shibata Norio & Toru Shionoya (eds.), Kan minami Taiheiyoo no gengo 3 [Languages of the South Pacific Rim 3] (ELPR Publications Series A1-008). pp. 119-134. Suita: Faculty of Informatics, Osaka Gakuin University.";"Onishi, Masayuki";" Papuan languages of South Bougainville: Present and Future";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"South Bougainville > Buin > tere1278";;
"siwa1245";"Siwai";155,41652;-6,61134;;"Onishi, Masayuki. 2004. Papuan languages of South Bougainville: Present and Future. In Shibata Norio & Toru Shionoya (eds.), Kan minami Taiheiyoo no gengo 3 [Languages of the South Pacific Rim 3] (ELPR Publications Series A1-008). pp. 119-134. Suita: Faculty of Informatics, Osaka Gakuin University.";"Onishi, Masayuki";" Papuan languages of South Bougainville: Present and Future";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"South Bougainville > Buin > siwa1245";;
"sibe1248";"Sibe";155,40023;-6,42826;;"Onishi, Masayuki. 2004. Papuan languages of South Bougainville: Present and Future. In Shibata Norio & Toru Shionoya (eds.), Kan minami Taiheiyoo no gengo 3 [Languages of the South Pacific Rim 3] (ELPR Publications Series A1-008). pp. 119-134. Suita: Faculty of Informatics, Osaka Gakuin University.";"Onishi, Masayuki";" Papuan languages of South Bougainville: Present and Future";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"South Bougainville > Nasioi > sibe1248";;
"stan1293";"English";-4,54497;54,22367;;"Evans pc (for the moment – check Pym & Larrimore 1979 later)";"Evans pc (for the moment – check Pym & Larrimore 1979 later)";"missing";"missing";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > stan1293";;
"rapo1238";"Rapoisi";154,82572;-5,8144;;"Müller, Adam. 1954. Grammar and Vocabulary of the Konua Language (Micro-Bibliotheca Anthropos 12). Fribourg: Posieux.";"Müller, Adam";" Grammar and Vocabulary of the Konua Language (Micro-Bibliotheca Anthropos 12)";1954;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"North Bougainville > rapo1238";;
"roto1249";"Rotokas";155,10199;-5,94739;;"Firchow, Irwin B. 1987. Form and Function of Rotokas Words. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia. 15. pp. 5-111. ";"Firchow, Irwin B";" Form and Function of Rotokas Words";1987;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"North Bougainville > Rotokas-Askopan > roto1249";;
"abau1245";"Abau";141,21111;-4,05804;;"Lock, Arnold. 2011. Abau grammar (Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 57). Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications.";"Lock, Arnold";" Abau grammar (Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 57)";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > abau1245";;
"sepi1255";"Sepik Iwam";142,12866;-4,29989;"Only the roots are given in the article, but suffixes /a/ 'subject' and /ir/ 'oblique' (oblique includes possessive) are stated as existing and a search through the text shows the 'unexpeced forms' like sir (rather than siyir). The 3dl forms aren't attested in the text and involve vowel sequences (to which strange things happen)";"Conrad, Robert J. 1993. Pronoun Systems in Sepik Iwam Oral Narratives. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 24. pp. 19-38.";"Conrad, Robert J";" Pronoun Systems in Sepik Iwam Oral Narratives";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Iwam-Wogamus > Iwamic > sepi1255";;
"mend1268";"Mende";142,55043;-3,67539;"2nd person masculine forms given (feminine forms also exist)";"Hoel, Hanna Marie, Tarja Ikäheimonen & Michiyo Nozawa. 1994. Mende Grammar Essentials. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Unpublished Typescript, The Summer Institute of Linguistics.";"Hoel, Hanna Marie, Tarja Ikäheimonen & Michiyo Nozawa";" Mende Grammar Essentials";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Nukuma > Kwanga-Mende > mend1268";;
"kwom1262";"Kwoma";142,68755;-4,10885;"Kooyers gives long and short forms for the pronouns, with no statement on when to use either. I've put in the long forms. Because, they're listed first. And I can't find any examples of the short possessive forms. Kooyers also gives two forms of the object suffix for pronouns -na and -n. I've arbitraily chosen the form -na on the assumption that the latter can be derived from the former, but not visa-versa. Masculine 2nd person forms entered.";"Kooyers, Orneal. 1974. Washkuk grammar sketch. In Richard Loving (ed.), Grammatical studies in three languages of Papua New Guinea (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea Languages 6). pp. 5-74. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.";"Kooyers, Orneal";" Washkuk grammar sketch";1974;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Nukuma > kwom1262";;
"awtu1239";"Awtuw";141,97808;-3,59489;;"Feldman, Harry. 1986. A Grammar of Awtuw (Pacific Linguistics: Series B 94). Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Feldman, Harry";" A Grammar of Awtuw (Pacific Linguistics: Series B 94)";1986;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Ram > awtu1239";;
"kapr1245";"Kapriman";143,2259;-4,5299;"It looks like the possessive pronouns have to have a suffix indicating the number of the possessum.";"Sumbuk, Kenneth Memson. 1999. Morphosyntax of Sare. PhD thesis. University of Waikato.";"Sumbuk, Kenneth Memson";" Morphosyntax of Sare";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Sepik Hill > Central Sepik Hill > Nuclear Central Sepik Hill > Kapriman-Watakataui > kapr1245";;
"alam1246";"Alamblak";143,30127;-4,65709;;"Bruce, Les. 1984. The Alamblak Language of Papua New Guinea (East Sepik) (Pacific Linguistics: Series C 81). Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Bruce, Les";" The Alamblak Language of Papua New Guinea (East Sepik) (Pacific Linguistics: Series C 81)";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Sepik Hill > Eastern Sepik Hill > alam1246";;
"hewa1241";"Hewa";142,54612;-5,05177;"Non-singular possessive froms not given. The apostrophe (') indicates stress (not a glottal stop)";"Cochran, Anne. 1968. Notes on Yoliapi. Kivung 1.3. pp. 134-145.";"Cochran, Anne";" Notes on Yoliapi";1968;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Sepik Hill > Western Sepik Hill > Hewa-Paka > hewa1241";;
"yess1239";"Yessan-Mayo";142,57049;-4,13397;;"Foreman, Velma M. 1974. Grammar of Yessan-Mayo (Language Data: Asian-Pacific Series 4). Santa Ana: Summer Institute of Linguistics.";"Foreman, Velma M";" Grammar of Yessan-Mayo (Language Data: Asian-Pacific Series 4)";1974;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Sepik Tama > Mayo-Pasi > yess1239";;
"mehe1243";"Mehek";142,50091;-3,70462;"Can't determine possessive forms. All other languages of the family have dual, so it's surprising this one doesn't, could be a lack of data.";"Paulon, Samuel, Joel Kakukra, Mark Donohue and Lila San Roque. 2002. Mehe'ek First Dictionary. Literacy Office, Department of Education, Sandaun Province and Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney.";"Paulon, Samuel, Joel Kakukra, Mark Donohue and Lila San Roque";" Mehe'ek First Dictionary";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Sepik Tama > Mehek-Pahi > mehe1243";;
"nami1256";"Namia";141,76612;-3,85759;;"Feldpausch, Thomas and Becky Feldpausch. 1992. Namia grammar essentials. In John R. Roberts (ed.), Namia and Amanab grammar essentials (Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 39), pp. 1-97. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics. ";"Feldpausch, Thomas and Becky Feldpausch";" Namia grammar essentials";1992;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sepik > Yellow River > nami1256";;
"yaha1248";"Yahadian";132,10154;-1,94433;;"de Vries, Lourens. 2004. A short grammar of Inanwatan, an endangered language of the Bird’s Head of Papua, Indonesia. 560. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"de Vries, Lourens";" A short grammar of Inanwatan, an endangered language of the Bird’s Head of Papua, Indonesia";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Konda-Yahadian > yaha1248";;
"pura1253";"Puragi";132,30364;-2,03127;;"de Vries, Lourens. 2004. A short grammar of Inanwatan, an endangered language of the Bird’s Head of Papua, Indonesia. 560. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"de Vries, Lourens";" A short grammar of Inanwatan, an endangered language of the Bird’s Head of Papua, Indonesia";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"South Bird's Head Family > pura1253";;
"koko1265";"Kokoda";132,45308;-2,13734;"Non-singular possessives not given. Possibly the same as the free pronouns.";"de Vries, Lourens. 2004. A short grammar of Inanwatan, an endangered language of the Bird’s Head of Papua, Indonesia. 560. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"de Vries, Lourens";" A short grammar of Inanwatan, an endangered language of the Bird’s Head of Papua, Indonesia";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"South Bird's Head Family > East South Bird's Head > koko1265";;
"hata1243";"Mansim";134,01658;-1,14624;;"Reesink, Ger P. 2002. A Grammar Sketch of Sougb. In Ger P. Reesink (ed.), Languages of the Eastern Bird's Head (Pacific Linguistics 524). pp. 181-276. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Reesink, Ger P";" A Grammar Sketch of Sougb";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Hatam-Mansim > hata1243";;
"hata1243";"Hatam";134,01658;-1,14624;;"Reesink, Ger P. 1999. A Grammar of Hatam: Bird's Head Peninsula Irian Jaya (Pacific Linguistics: Series C 146). Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Reesink, Ger P";" A Grammar of Hatam: Bird's Head Peninsula Irian Jaya (Pacific Linguistics: Series C 146)";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Hatam-Mansim > hata1243";;
"toar1246";"Toaripi";146,27052;-8,0654;;"Brown, Herbert A. 1972. The Elema languages: A comparative study of the Toaripi, Orokolo and their related dialects. PhD thesis. University of London.";"Brown, Herbert A";" The Elema languages: A comparative study of the Toaripi, Orokolo and their related dialects";1972;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Eleman > Eastern Eleman > toar1246";;
"orok1267";"Orokolo";145,31485;-7,81555;"The Orokolo dual subject forms show an extraordinary diversity, the second and third person having no less than five variants.";"Brown, Herbert A. 1972. The Elema languages: A comparative study of the Toaripi, Orokolo and their related dialects. PhD thesis. University of London.";"Brown, Herbert A";" The Elema languages: A comparative study of the Toaripi, Orokolo and their related dialects";1972;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Eleman > Western Eleman > orok1267";;
"fuyu1242";"Fuyug";147,26173;-8,65564;"The genetive clitic =l has a variant form =le, which is often used after the third person pronoun";"Bradshaw, Robert. 2007. Fuyug grammar sketch (Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 53). Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications.";"Bradshaw, Robert";" Fuyug grammar sketch (Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 53)";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Goilalan > fuyu1242";;
"bian1252";"Biangai";146,76645;-7,33476;"Free pronouns can't be used for object.";"Dubert, Raymond and Marjorie Dubert. 1978. Biangai lower levels of grammar. Manuscript.";"Dubert, Raymond and Marjorie Dubert";" Biangai lower levels of grammar";1978;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Goilalan > bian1252";;
"kuni1267";"Kunimaipa";146,89583;-8,08784;;"Geary, Elaine. 1977. Kunimaipa grammar: Morphophonemics to discourse (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea Languages 23). Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.";"Geary, Elaine";" Kunimaipa grammar: Morphophonemics to discourse (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea Languages 23)";1977;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Goilalan > kuni1267";;
"kaki1249";"Kaki Ae";145,82536;-7,99676;;"Clifton, John M. 1997. The Kaki Ae Language. In Stephen A. Wurm (ed.), Materials on languages in danger of disappearing in the Asia-Pacific Region No 1: some endangered Languages of Papua New Guinea: Kaki Ae, Musom, and Aribwatsa (Pacific Linguistics: Series D 89). pp. 3-66. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Clifton, John M";" The Kaki Ae Language";1997;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"kaki1249: no Classification";;
"kamu1260";"Kamula";142,51531;-7,25762;"The 1sg forms is transcribed /na:/ in the source where : is length.";"Routamaa, Judy. 1994. Kamula grammar essentials. Ms.";"Routamaa, Judy";" Kamula grammar essentials";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Kamula-Elevala > kamu1260";;
"nort2930";"Kiwai, Northeast";144,66444;-7,41809;;"Brown, Janessa L. 2009. A brief sketch of Urama grammar with special consideration of particles marking agency, aspect and modality. MA thesis. University of Calgary.";"Brown, Janessa L";" A brief sketch of Urama grammar with special consideration of particles marking agency, aspect and modality";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Kiwaian > nort2930";;
"sout2949";"Kiwai, Southern";143,26985;-8,63213;"The 2sg objective has irregularly lost the initial /r/ (except in one dialect, Mawata). The non-singular forms are the same, it's only the singulars that change. There's some stuff I find surprising here, but (equally as surprising) I can't fault the source too much, what he describes also is attested in provided texts!";"Ray, Sidney H. 1907. A Grammar of the Kiwai Language, with Notes on the Mawata Dialect. In Sidney H. Ray (ed.), Linguistics (Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits III). pp. 302-319. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.";"Ray, Sidney H";" A Grammar of the Kiwai Language, with Notes on the Mawata Dialect";1907;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Kiwaian > sout2949";;
"koit1244";"Koitabu";147,0929;-9,34933;;"Dutton, Tom E. 1975. A Koita grammar sketch and vocabulary. In Tom E. Dutton (ed.), Studies in languages of Central and South-East Papua (Pacific Linguistics: Series C 29). pp. 281-412. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.";"Dutton, Tom E";" A Koita grammar sketch and vocabulary";1975;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Koiarian > Koiaric > Koita-Koiari > koit1244";;
"wipi1242";"Wipim";143,03698;-8,78708;;"Dondorp, Anne & Jae-Wook Shim. 1997. Wipi grammar essentials. 2013 version formatted for online publishing by Ruth Wester. ";"Dondorp, Anne & Jae-Wook Shim";" Wipi grammar essentials";1997;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Eastern Trans-Fly > wipi1242";;
"meri1244";"Meriam";144,05763;-9,91044;;"Piper, Nick. 1989. A sketch grammar of Meryam Mir. MA thesis. Australian National University. ";"Piper, Nick";" A sketch grammar of Meryam Mir";1989;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Eastern Trans-Fly > meri1244";;
"kala1397";"Kalam";144,58003;-5,26595;"Here and for all other possessive cells, the choice of possessive pronoun depends on the grammatical relation of the head noun: if modifying a subject noun it takes the subject form, if modifying an object noun it takes the object form.";"Pawley, A., S.P. Gi, I. Majnep and J. Kias. 2000. Hunger acts on me: the grammar and semantics of bodily and mental process expressions in Kalam. In Videa de Guzman and Byron Bender (eds.), Grammatical Analysis: Morphology, Syntax and Semantics. Studies in Honor of Stanley Starosta. pp. 153-85. Honoloulu: University of Hawaii Press. ";"Pawley, A";"P";", S";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Madang > Kalamic-South Adelbert > Kalam-Kobon > Etp-Ti Kalam > kala1397";;
"taki1248";"Takia";145,98426;-4,71195;;"Lynch, J., M. Ross and T. Crowley. 2002. The Oceanic Languages. London: Routledge.";"Lynch, J";" Ross and T";", M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > North New Guinea linkage > Ngero-Vitiaz linkage > Vitiaz linkage > Bel-Roinji-Nenaya > Bel > Western Bel > taki1248";;
"wask1241";"Waskia";145,95751;-4,60376;;"Ross. 2014. Personal communication to Nick Evans, April 2014.";"Ross";" Personal communication to Nick Evans, April 2014";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Madang > Unclassified Madang > Kowan > wask1241";;
"naka1262";"Nakanai";150,81263;-5,50082;;"Johnston, Ray. Personal communication.";"Johnston, Ray";;" Personal communication";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > Meso Melanesian linkage > Willaumez linkage > Nakanai-Meramera > naka1262";;
"mand1415";"Mandarin";107,49867;37,20484;;"Hyslop, G. 2014. Personal communication.";"Hyslop, G";" Personal communication";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Sinitic > Classical-Middle-Modern Sinitic > Middle-Modern Sinitic > Northern Chinese > Mandarinic > mand1415";;
"zyud1238";"Awiakay";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Hoenigman, D. 2014. Personal communication.";"Hoenigman, D";" Personal communication";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"hind1269";"Hindi";80,40519;25,77227;"There are 3 sets of 2nd person pronouns which differ in terms of formality, aspect, register.";"Hyslop, G. 2014. Personal communication.";"Hyslop, G";" Personal communication";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Indo-Iranian > Indo-Aryan > Indo-Aryan Central zone > Subcontinental Central Indo-Aryan > Western Hindi > Hindustani > hind1269";;
"dzon1239";"Dzongkha";89,73722;27,48473;;"Hyslop, G. 2014. Personal communication.";"Hyslop, G";" Personal communication";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Bodic > Bodish > Old-Modern Tibetan > Tibetic > Southern Tibetic > Dzongkhic > Nuclear Dzongkhic > dzon1239";;
"kurt1248";"Kurtöp";91,00441;27,77672;;"Hyslop, G. 2014. Personal communication.";"Hyslop, G";" Personal communication";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Bodic > Bodish > Tshangla-East Bodish > East Bodish > Mainstream East Bodish > Phobjib-Chali-Bumthangic > Chali-Bumthangic > Bumthangic > kurt1248";;
"lele1267";"Lelepa";168,21118;-17,60204;;"Legrampe. 2014. Personal Communication.";"Legrampe";" Personal Communication";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Central Vanuatu > Epi-Efate > Efate > North Efatic > lele1267";;
"stan1318";"Standard Arabic ";40,79884;23,70631;"Please note, 'H' is used in place of the IPA symbol for the voicelss, pharyngeal fricative while ':' is used in place of the IPA length symbol. In addition, all entries in the paradigm do not decline for case except of the 3sgM O and Poss suffix, which may be followed by the indefinite case suffixes as described by Ryding (2005). ";"Ryding, Karin C. 2005. A Reference Grammar of Modern Standard Arabic. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ";"Ryding, Karin C";" A Reference Grammar of Modern Standard Arabic";2005;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Semitic > West Semitic > Central Semitic > Arabian > Arabic > stan1318";;
"ingu1240";"Ingush";44,36916;43,03538;"Transcription system still needs tidying up, for the moment the romanisation system on p. 16ff is used pending addition of special phonetic symbols to entry keyboard";"Nichols, Johanna. 2011. Ingush Grammar. Berkeley: University of California Press.";"Nichols, Johanna";" Ingush Grammar";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nakh-Daghestanian > Nakh > Chechen-Ingush > ingu1240";;
"chad1249";"Chadian Spoken Arabic ";19,14824;14,79097;"Free form O pronouns occur very rarely and only in written texts (Owens 1993:83). Given that Owens (1993) does not report observing these forms directly, bound forms are listed below. Additionally, although not directly reflected in his transliteration, coronal stops are stated by Owen to be dental and are written as such below (Owens 1993:19). ";"Owens, Jonathan. 1993. A Grammar of Nigerian Arabic. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag.";"Owens, Jonathan";" A Grammar of Nigerian Arabic";1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Semitic > West Semitic > Central Semitic > Arabian > Arabic > Egyptic Arabic > Egypto-Sudanic Arabic > Sudanese-Chadian Arabic > chad1249";;
"ende1246";"Ende";121,55303;-8,75223;;"Evans, Nick. 2014. Field notes.";"Evans, Nick";" Field notes";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Central Malayo-Polynesian > Flores-Sumba-Hawu > Flores Barat > Ngada-Lio-Paluqe > Ngada-Lio > Ende-Lio > ende1246";;
"darg1241";"Dargwa";47,201;42,61362;"According to Sumbatova and Mutalov (2003:36-7) a range of five demonstrative pronouns are used in place of third person personal pronouns which are absent in the language. Only one representative of these, 'it' meaning 'that/those (of the side or undifferentiated)' (Sumbatova and Mutalov 2003:37), is listed below. All forms listed are also given in the system of transcription adopted by Sumbatova and Mutalov (2003:2-8). ";"Sumbatova, Nina R. and Rasul O. Mutalov. 2003. A Grammar of Icari Dargwa. Munich: LINCOM Europa. ";"Sumbatova, Nina R";" Mutalov";" and Rasul O";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nakh-Daghestanian > Daghestanian > Dargwic > darg1241";;
"nucl1301";"Turkish";33,38079;39,21728;;"Göksel, Aslɪ and Celia Kerslake. 2005. Turkish: A Comprehensive Grammar. London: Routledge.";"Göksel, Aslɪ and Celia Kerslake";" Turkish: A Comprehensive Grammar";2005;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Turkic > Common Turkic > Oghuz > Nuclear Oghuz > West Oghuz > nucl1301";;
"ango1258";"Angolar";6,58305;0,10241;"The first person singular A, S and O pronoun listed is described as being in free variation with the forms /m, ŋ, ∅, am/ (Lorenzino 1998:144). Alternate forms for other pronouns are described in the notes for each entry. All possessive pronouns are formed through regular addition of the prefix /di-/, as such all patterns of variation observed in relation to the A, S and O forms also occur in the possessive forms (Lorenzino 1998:142-3). In addition to the forms listed below, the language also possesses an unmarked, impersonal pronoun /a/, meaning 'one, somebody', which can be used in both the singular and plural (Lorenzino 1998:150-5).";"Lorenzino, Gerardo A. 1998. The Angolar Creole Portuguese of São Tomé: Its Grammar and Sociolinguistic History. Munich: Lincom Europa. ";"Lorenzino, Gerardo A";" The Angolar Creole Portuguese of São Tomé: Its Grammar and Sociolinguistic History";1998;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Southwestern Shifted Romance > West Ibero-Romance > Galician Romance > Macro-Portuguese > Lower Guinea Portuguese > ango1258";;
"west2369";"Persian (Farsi)";55,29211;32,49371;"When functioning as possessives, the pronouns listed occur immediately following the possessed noun phrase in an 'ezafe' construction as described by Mahootian (1997). ";"Mahootian, Shahzad. 1997. Persian. London: Routledge. ";"Mahootian, Shahzad";" Persian";1997;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Indo-Iranian > Iranian > Southwestern Iranian > Middle-Modern Persian > Modern Southwestern Iranian > Farsic-Caucasian Tat > Farsic > west2369";;
"nige1257";"Nigerian Pidgin";4,21068;9,65873;;"Faraclas, Nicholas G. 1996. Nigerian Pidgin. London: Routledge. ";"Faraclas, Nicholas G";" Nigerian Pidgin";1996;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Guinea Coast Creole English > West African Creole English > Nigeria-Cameroon Creole English > nige1257";;
"moro1292";"Moroccan Arabic";-7,38284;32,06172;"As noted in the comments to the relevant entries, the language possesses distinct second and third person masculine and feminine singular pronouns (Harrell 1962:134). In addition the second person, singular, gender neutral pronoun 'ntina' is also reported to occur (Harrell 1962:134). A gender distinction is not maintained among the other pronouns listed. however. ";"Harrell, Richard S. 1962. A Short Reference Grammar of Moroccan Arabic. Washington D.C.: Georgetown University Press.";"Harrell, Richard S";" A Short Reference Grammar of Moroccan Arabic";1962;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Semitic > West Semitic > Central Semitic > Arabian > Arabic > North African Arabic > Moroccan-Andalusian Arabic > moro1292";;
"bant1281";"Bantawa";87,04488;27,11374;;"Doornenbal, Marius. 2009. A Grammar of Bantawa. Utrecht: LOT.";"Doornenbal, Marius";" A Grammar of Bantawa";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Himalayish > Mahakiranti > Kiranti > Central Kiranti > Southern Central Kiranti > Bantawic > bant1281";;
"ndyu1242";"Ndyuka";-54,47555;4,64915;"The language lacks special possessive pronouns, rather personal pronouns occur in the same pre- and post-nominal positions as full nouns and noun phrases indicating possession (Huttar and Huttar 1994:470). Note also that 'en' occurs as the 3sg pronoun in place of 'a' in cleft constructions, as complement of the copular and in emphatic contexts (Huttar and Huttar 1994:458-9). In addition, several regular phonological processes alter the form of many of the pronouns listed. The effects of these processes are described in the comments to each entry.";"Huttar, George L. and Mary L. Huttar. 1994. Ndyuka. London: Routledge. ";"Huttar, George L";" Huttar";" and Mary L";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Guinea Coast Creole English > Surinamese Creole English > Eastern Maroons > Ndyuka > ndyu1242";;
"egyp1253";"Egyptian Spoken Arabic";31,03491;30,7523;"Free object pronouns only occur where the verb carries the matching object cross-referencing suffix (Gary and Gamal-Elgdin 1984:77). ";"Gary, Judith Olmsted and Saad Gamal-Eldin. 1984. Cairene Egyptian Colloquial Arabic. London: Croom Helm. ";"Gary, Judith Olmsted and Saad Gamal-Eldin";" Cairene Egyptian Colloquial Arabic";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Semitic > West Semitic > Central Semitic > Arabian > Arabic > Egyptic Arabic > Egypto-Sudanic Arabic > egyp1253";;
"koas1236";"Koasati";-92,63862;30,45518;"Free possessive pronouns do not occur in the language (Kimball 1991:432). There are two sets of pronominal prefixes indicating possession, the 'am-' set and the 'ca-' set, that latter of which mainly serves to indicate inalienable possession (Kimball 1991:432ff). The more generally applied 'am-' set is given below. ";"Kimball, Geoffrey D. 1991. Koasati Grammar. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. ";"Kimball, Geoffrey D";" Koasati Grammar";1991;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Muskogean > Alabaman-Koasati > koas1236";;
"hebr1245";"Modern Hebrew";35,03289;31,80337;"No independent object or possessive pronouns occur in the language, the suffixes which serve this function are thus included in the paradigm below (Gilnert 1989:52-3). Note also that two sets of possessive suffixes exist, one for singular nouns and the other for plural nouns (Gilnert 1989:30-1). Only the set for singular nouns has been included here. ";"Glinert, Lewis. 1989. The grammar of Modern Hebrew. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ";"Glinert, Lewis";" The grammar of Modern Hebrew";1989;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Semitic > West Semitic > Central Semitic > Northwest Semitic > Canaanite > Hebrewic > hebr1245";;
"nort3139";"North Levantine Arabic";36,58612;35,02789;"No independent object and possessive pronouns occur in the language (Cowell 1964:539). The suffixes which serve these functions are listed below. ";"Cowell, Mark W. 1964. A Reference Grammar of Syrian Arabic. Washington D.C.: Georgetown University Press.";"Cowell, Mark W";" A Reference Grammar of Syrian Arabic";1964;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Semitic > West Semitic > Central Semitic > Arabian > Arabic > Levantine Arabic > nort3139";;
"mbug1240";"Mbugu";38,36637;-4,75155;"Inner Mbugu does not differ grammatically from Normal Mbugu but does contain much 'deviant' lexical material of partly Southern Cushitic origin (Mous 2003:1). Mous (2003:1) thus describes Inner Mbugu as a 'parasite of Normal Mbugu'. Please note, it is unclear in Mous (2003) if the object pronouns listed actually serve this function and as such this part of the paradigm is subject to further revision. Description of non-human pronouns (if there are any) frustratingly absent, though the 3sg given is glossed only as he/she. (-Owen)";"Mous, Maarten. 2003. The Making of a Mixed Language: The case of Ma'a/Mbugu. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.";"Mous, Maarten";" The Making of a Mixed Language: The case of Ma'a/Mbugu";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mixed Language > Bantu-Cushitic > mbug1240";;
"mbug1240";"Mbugu";38,36637;-4,75155;"non-human pronouns not clearly given (-Owen)";"Mous, Maarten. 2003. The Making of a Mixed Language: The case of Ma'a/Mbugu. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.";"Mous, Maarten";" The Making of a Mixed Language: The case of Ma'a/Mbugu";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mixed Language > Bantu-Cushitic > mbug1240";;
"abkh1244";"Abkhaz";40,86397;43,2287;"In addition to the third person singular possessive pronouns listed bleow, the form /atʷʼə/ is used for non-human possessors (Hewitt 1979:102). <j> = IPA [j] (-Owen)";"Hewitt, B. G. 1979. Abkahz. Amsterdam: North-Holland. ";"Hewitt, B";1979;" G";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Abkhaz-Adyge > Abkhaz-Abaza > abkh1244";;
"sunw1242";"Sunwar";86,2664;27,52064;"The alternate third person A and S forms listed in the comments to the relevant entries in the paradigm below are specific to the Saipu dialect (Borchers 2008:67).";"Borchers, Dörte. 2008. A Grammar of Sunwar: Descriptive Grammar, Paradigms, Texts and Glossary. Boston: Brill. ";"Borchers, Dörte";" A Grammar of Sunwar: Descriptive Grammar, Paradigms, Texts and Glossary";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Himalayish > Mahakiranti > Kiranti > Western Kiranti > Northwestern Kiranti > sunw1242";;
"basq1248";"Basque";-2,125;42,98714;"The language lacks third person personal pronouns with each of the three demonstrative pronouns capable of being used to serve this function (de Rijk 2007:111). The proximal demonstrative 'hau' is listed in the paradigm below as a substitute for the third person pronouns. ";"de Rijk, Rudolph P. G. 2008. Standard Basque: A Progressive Grammar. Volume 1: The Grammar. Cambridge: MIT Press. ";"de Rijk, Rudolph P";2008;" G";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"basq1248: no Classification";;
"tsha1245";"Tshangla";91,39715;27,11883;;"Andvik, Eric. 2010. Grammar of Tshangla. Boston: Brill. ";"Andvik, Eric";" Grammar of Tshangla";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Bodic > Bodish > Tshangla-East Bodish > Tshanglic > tsha1245";;
"lepc1244";"Lepcha";88,57094;27,34527;;"Plaisier, Heleen. 2007. Grammar of Lepcha. Boston: Brill. ";"Plaisier, Heleen";" Grammar of Lepcha";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Himalayish > lepc1244";;
"gulf1241";"Gulf Arabic";47,91601;30,20051;"The possessive forms listed below are formed by the attachment of a personal suffix to the stem 'maːl-/maːlat-'. The set of personal suffixes is identical to the set of suffixed object forms listed below except that the 1sg form is '-i' as opposed to '-ni' (Holes 1990:170-1). The form 'maːl-' appears when the possessum is masculine while 'maːlat-' is used with a feminine possessum (Holes 1990:170-1). The forms incorporating 'maːl-' are listed below. In addition to this, an alternative independent possessive form may be constructed by suffixing the above mentioned personal suffixes to the stem 'ħagː-' which does not inflect for the gender of the possessum. Pronominal possession may also be expressed by direct suffixation of the personal suffixes to the possessed noun (Holes 1990:171). ";"Holes, Clive. 1990. Gulf Arabic. London: Routledge. ";"Holes, Clive";" Gulf Arabic";1990;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Semitic > West Semitic > Central Semitic > Arabian > Arabic > Arabian Peninsula Arabic > gulf1241";;
"soma1255";"Somali";47,22122;9,27856;"Masculine forms (with final -gu/-ga) given except in third person GEND2 (-Owen)";"Saeed, John. 1999. Somali. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. ";"Saeed, John";" Somali";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Cushitic > East Cushitic > Lowland East Cushitic > Southern Lowland East Cushitic > Mainstream Lowland East Cushitic > Omo-Tana > Eastern Omo-Tana > soma1255";;
"tuva1244";"Tuvaluan";178,67846;-7,47862;"Besnier (1999:264) states that case is marked on both nouns and pronouns through a system of prepositions and preposition-like particles. Given that these case marking elements are treated as independent words, the pronoun forms listed below are given without case markers. In addition to this, please note that the possessive pronouns of this language are complex elements constructed out of an article morpheme followed by an affix indicating possessive class (alienable vs. inalienable) which is in turn followed by a reduced personal pronoun suffix (Besnier 1999:399). Only the reduced personal pronoun suffixes are listed below. Free possessive pronouns are marked along several dimensions: the number and person of the possessor, for singular possessors there is a distinction between alienable and inalienable, and there is also a distinction made for whether the possessed is singular indefinite / singular definite / plural indefinite / plural indefinite. The different combination of these variables results in a more complex paradigm than is allowed for here, which is why the original person entering the data entered the bound forms.";"Besnier, Niko. 2000. Tuvaluan. London: Routledge.";"Besnier, Niko";" Tuvaluan";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Central Pacific linkage > Tokelau-Fijian > Polynesian > Nuclear Polynesian > Ellicean > tuva1244";;
"savo1255";"Savosavo";159,81421;-9,1272;"The possessive forms listed all transparently display the suffix '-βa' and are used with singular, masculine and all dual and plural possessed nouns or nouns phrases. Where the possessum is singular and feminine the suffix '-βa' is replaced by '-ma' (Wegener 2012:137).";"Wegener, Claudia. 2012. Grammar of Savosavo. Basel: Walter de Gruyter. ";"Wegener, Claudia";" Grammar of Savosavo";2012;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"savo1255: no Classification";;
"chim1301";"Chimariko ";-122,84979;45,50927;"The possessive suffixes listed below are attached directly to the possessed noun or head of the possessed noun phrase and index alienable possession (Jany 2009:71). A distinct set of possessive prefixes not listed below also exists whose members index inalienable possession (Jany 2009:71). Alienable poss forms given (-Owen)";"Jany, Carmen. 2009. Chimariko Grammar: Areal and Typological Perspective. Berkeley: University of California Press. ";"Jany, Carmen";" Chimariko Grammar: Areal and Typological Perspective";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"chim1301: no Classification";;
"bull1247";"Bullom So ";-13,20874;9,00471;;"Childs, G. Tucker. 2011. A Grammar of Mani. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. ";"Childs, G";2011;" Tucker";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Mel > Southern Mel > Bullom > Northern Bullom > bull1247";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Old Hittite";"no longitude";"no latitude";"The forms listed below are given in the system of transliteration adopted by Hoffner Jr and Melcher (2008). Note also that the form 'ɑpɑ̄-', used as the basis of the third person pronouns listed below, also functions as the medial demonstrative (Hoffner Jr and Melcher 2008:143).";"Hoffner Jr, Harry A. and H. Craig Melcher. 2008. A grammar of the Hittite language. Winona Lake, Indiana: Eisenbrauns.";"Hoffner Jr, Harry A";" Craig Melcher";" and H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"manc1252";"Manchu";117,19249;41,18679;"All forms listed below are given in the transcription adopted by Grorelova (2002). Please note also, it is not always the case that a pronoun or noun functioning as the direct object of a verb appears inflected for the accusative case (Gorelova 2002:172). The primary function of the accusative case is to mark the direct object, however, and as no clear explanation of the conditioning factors determining whether a direct object appears in the accusative or not is given by Gorelova (1999), the accusative forms are listed below as the object pronouns. ";"Gorelova, Liliya M. 2002. Manchu Grammar. Leiden: Brill. ";"Gorelova, Liliya M";" Manchu Grammar";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tungusic > Manchu-Jurchen > Manchu-Xibe > manc1252";;
"yecu1235";"Totonac";-96,87674;20,16234;"standardised transcription to underlying phonemic (-Owen 15/11/16)";"MacKay, Carolyn. 1999. Grammar of Misantla Totonac. Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press.";"MacKay, Carolyn";" Grammar of Misantla Totonac";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Totonacan > Totonac > yecu1235";;
"kwaz1243";"Kwaza";-60,89657;-12,67457;"'-wã' marks the animate object however its domain of application is not entirely clear and so the object forms below have been listed without the marker (van der Voort 2004:105). possessive forms occur with a following classifier (-hɨ̃ in the examples given), apostrophe marks following stress. (-Owen)";"van der Voort, Hein. 2004. A Grammar of Kwaza. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. ";"van der Voort, Hein";" A Grammar of Kwaza";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"kwaz1243: no Classification";;
"wapp1239";"Wappo";-122,49999;38,25;"As noted in the comments to the relevant entries, the singular and plural A and S third person pronouns have both a distal and proximal form, while only the plural O and Poss. third person pronouns have distinct distal and proximal forms.";"Thompson, Sandra A., Joseph Sung-Yul Park and Charles N. Li. 2006. A reference grammar of Wappo. Berkeley: University of California Press. ";"Thompson, Sandra A";" Li";", Joseph Sung-Yul Park and Charles N";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Yuki-Wappo > wapp1239";;
"aona1235";"Ao Naga";94,35958;26,3405;"Pronouns may take the agentive marker /-nə/. This suffix is not compulsory however, and the several apparent factors conditioning its appearance are complex and not entirely resolved by Coupe (2008:150-65). Thus the A pronouns listed below are given in their unmarked form.";"Coupe, Alec. 2007. A Grammar of Mongsen Ao. Berlin: Mouton. ";"Coupe, Alec";" A Grammar of Mongsen Ao";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Kuki-Chin-Naga > Naga > Angami-Ao > Central Naga > aona1235";;
"kuru1302";"Kurukh";84,39503;23,07261;;"Hahn, F. 1911. Kurukh grammar. Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press. ";"Hahn, F";" Kurukh grammar";1911;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Dravidian > North Dravidian > Kurux-Malto > Kurux > kuru1302";;
"brah1256";"Brahui";65,99994;28,32617;"Third person forms, as in most other Dravidian languages, have two forms depending on distance: a proximal form meaning 'this, he, she (near)' and a distal meaning 'that, he, she (far)'. Since the choice is based only on distance, and there is no gender distinction (here, unlike in the case of e.g. Tamil) the language is treated as having gender syncretisms and the same forms (the proximal) are entered for both genders.";"Andronov, Mikhail S. 2006. Brahui, A Dravidian Language. Munich: LINCOM Europa. ";"Andronov, Mikhail S";" Brahui, A Dravidian Language";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Dravidian > North Dravidian > brah1256";;
"arbo1245";"Arbore";36,78308;4,89521;"A number of A and S forms in addition to those listed below exist that are obtained by the addition of various suffixes to the listed pronouns (Hayward 1984:215). Additionally, the possessive suffixes listed immediately follow an affix that serves to indicate the gender of the possessum, ‘-h-’ for masculine nouns and ‘-t-’ for feminine nouns (Hayward 1984:184-5) . ";"Hayward, Dick. 1984. The Arbore Language. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.";"Hayward, Dick";" The Arbore Language";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Cushitic > East Cushitic > Lowland East Cushitic > Southern Lowland East Cushitic > Mainstream Lowland East Cushitic > Omo-Tana > Western Omo-Tana > arbo1245";;
"koya1251";"Koya";81,11756;17,94275;"The full paradigm is not given explicitly for all case forms, and some forms are inferred on the basis of remarks on pp. 53, 59, 60, 108 of the grammar, would be good to check on the forms of the possessive and the accusative forms for 1 excl nsg, incl nsg, 2nsg, 3fem, 3 nsg. With the third person, there are distinct proximate and distal forms, the distal forms are used here (since the presentation in the grammar implies they are the unmarked ones). Also, 3rd person nonsingular forms have a masc vs fem/neuter distinction, the masc forms are entered here. ";"Tyler, Stephen A. 1969. Koya: an Outline Grammar. University of California Publications in Linguistics 54. ";"Tyler, Stephen A";" Koya: an Outline Grammar";1969;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Dravidian > South Dravidian > South Dravidian II > Gondi > Southeast Gondi > Hill Maria-Koya > koya1251";;
"haus1257";"Hausa";7,12589;12,06869;"The forms below are given in the system of transcription adopted by Newman (2000). Also note that true independent S and A pronouns do not occur in the language. Instead, a set of complex elements each consisting of a person and tense/aspect marker exists (Newman 2000:485-6). Newman (2000:485-6) refers to the person markers as ‘weak subject pronouns’ and notes that these elements occur in two paradigms, the light and the heavy paradigms. The members of the light paradigm have been listed here as the representatives of the S and A forms in the language as they occur in a wider variety of contexts than the members of the heavy paradigm (Newman 2000:485-6). Finally, two possessive pronoun paradigms exist, one which is used with a masculine or plural possessum and another used exclusively with singular, feminine possessed nouns ending in '-a(a)' (Newman 2000:482). The paradigm used with masculine and plural possessed nouns is listed here. ";"Newman, Paul. 2000. The Hausa Language: An Encyclopedic Reference Grammar. New Haven: Yale University Press. ";"Newman, Paul";" The Hausa Language: An Encyclopedic Reference Grammar";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Chadic > West Chadic > West Chadic A > West Chadic A.1 > haus1257";;
"iraq1241";"Iraqw";35,33231;-4,14444;;"Nordbustad, Frøydis. 1988. Iraqw Grammar: An Analytical Study of the Iraqw Language. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. ";"Nordbustad, Frøydis";" Iraqw Grammar: An Analytical Study of the Iraqw Language";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Cushitic > South Cushitic > West Rift South Cushitic > Northern West Rift South Cushitic > Iraqwoid > iraq1241";;
"slav1253";"Slavey";"no longitude";"no latitude";"In addition to the third person pronouns listed below, 'ʔeji' is the A, S and O form used for singular, non-human referents (Keren 1989:253). ";"Rice, Keren. 1989. A Grammar of Slave. Berlin: Mouten de Gruyter.";"Rice, Keren";" A Grammar of Slave";1989;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Athabaskan-Eyak-Tlingit > Athabaskan-Eyak > Athabaskan > Northern Athabaskan > Hare-Slavey > slav1253";;
"finn1318";"Finnish";26,21971;63,76795;"The S and A forms listed below are given in the nominative case while the O forms are listed in the accusative. Please note, however, that forms in the partative case also appear in S, A and O contexts in order to express various distinctions as discussed in detail by Karlsson (1999). ";"Karlsson, Fred. 1999. Finnish: An Essential Grammar. 2nd edition. London: Routledge.";"Karlsson, Fred";" Finnish: An Essential Grammar";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Finnic > Coastal Finnic > Neva > North Finnic > Nuclear Finnish > finn1318";;
"adam1253";"Adamawa Fulani ";13,59832;9,03587;"In addition to the forms listed below, /ʔenen/ occurs as a shared first and second person plural A, S and O pronoun while /meeɗen/ may be used as a shared first and second person plural Poss pronoun (Stennes 1967). GEND2 = 'nde' class (-Owen)";"Stennes, Leslie H. 1967. A Reference Grammar of Adamawa Fulani. Michigan: African Studies Center, Michigan State University. ";"Stennes, Leslie H";" A Reference Grammar of Adamawa Fulani";1967;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Peul-Serer > Fula > Fula-Eastern > adam1253";;
"mait1250";"Maithili ";86,31833;26,18629;"The third person forms listed below also function as demonstrative pronouns and consequently distinct proximate and remote forms exist Ramawatar (1996:110). The proximate forms are listed below";"Yadav, Ramawatar. 1996. A reference grammar of Maithili. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.";"Yadav, Ramawatar";" A reference grammar of Maithili";1996;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Indo-Iranian > Indo-Aryan > Bihari > Maithili-Magahi > Maithilic > mait1250";;
"sars1236";"Sarcee";-114,31559;50,87578;"The forms listed below occur only infrequently, most commonly in emphatic contexts (Cook 1984). Please note also that the forms listed are given in the system of transcription adopted by Cook (1984). ";"Cook, Eung-Do. 1984. A Sarcee Grammar. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. ";"Cook, Eung-Do";" A Sarcee Grammar";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Athabaskan-Eyak-Tlingit > Athabaskan-Eyak > Athabaskan > Northern Athabaskan > sars1236";;
"cent1989";"Khmer";104,38105;12,44095;"In addition to the pronouns listed below, a number of additional forms in each person exist that index various levels of honorificity. The first person singular form listed here is used where the 'speaker is acting humble or polite', the second person form is utilized where the 'addressee is older or of higher status' while the third person form is used where the 'referent is (a) respected other' (Haiman 2011:184 ff). The remaining pronouns and their functions are described in detail by Haiman (2011:184 ff). ";"Haiman, John. 2011. Cambodian Khmer. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. ";"Haiman, John";" Cambodian Khmer";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austroasiatic > Khmeric > cent1989";;
"nung1282";"Anong";98,6732;27,35705;"Particles marking the agent and object of a sentence exist in the language (Sun 2009:113 ff). While these elements may mark pronouns, the forms listed below exclude these markers. This is the case as these particles are considered distinct elements by Sun (2009:113 ff) and their appearance displays a degree of optionality dependent on the structure of the sentence (Sun 2009:113 ff). tones: ˥ = 55 ˥˧ = 53 ˧ = 33 ˧˩ = 31 ˧˥ = 35";"Sun, Hongkai and Guangkun Liu. 2009. A grammar of Anong: language death under intense contact. Leiden: Brill. ";"Sun, Hongkai and Guangkun Liu";" A grammar of Anong: language death under intense contact";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Nungish > Gunong > nung1282";;
"swed1254";"Swedish";16,75243;62,75695;"The first and second person possessive pronouns listed below may be used with a possessed element of any gender (Björkhagen 1966:90). However, distinct neuter and non-neuter forms of these pronouns also exist as discussed by Björkhagen (1966:90).";"Björkhagen, Im. 1966. Modern Swedish Grammar. 9th edition. Stockholm: Svenska bokforlaget/Norstedts. ";"Björkhagen, Im";" Modern Swedish Grammar";1966;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > North Germanic > North Scandinavian > East-Central Swedic > East Swedic > swed1254";;
"hung1274";"Hungarian";19,42417;47,16563;;"Kenesei, István, Robert M. Vago, and Anna Fenyvesi. 1998. Hungarian. London: Routledge.";"Kenesei, István, Robert M";1998;" Vago, and Anna Fenyvesi";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > hung1274";;
"cupe1243";"Cupeño";-116,51471;33,31483;;"Hill, Jane H. 2005. A Grammar of Cupeño. Berkeley, Los Angeles: University of California Press. ";"Hill, Jane H";" A Grammar of Cupeño";2005;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uto-Aztecan > Northern Uto-Aztecan > Californian Uto-Aztecan > Cupan > Cahuilla-Cupeno > cupe1243";;
"mori1278";"Morisyen";57,55174;-20,26134;"The 3rd person plural form 'banla' listed below is used where a speaker refers to a group who are not present who the speaker identifies as some kind of unit (Baker 1972:72). In addition to 'banla', 'zot' and 'zottu' may also function as 3rd personal plural pronouns (Baker 1972:72). 'zot' is used where a speaker refers to a group of people excluding him-/herself, while 'zottu' is used where a speaker refers to all members of a group excluding him-/herself (Baker 1972:72). Given the function of 'zottu' described above, in appropriate contexts this form may also be used in place of the 2nd person plural form 'zot' listed below.";"Baker, Philip. 1972. Kreol. London: C. Hurst and Co. ";"Baker, Philip";" Kreol";1972;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Northwestern Shifted Romance > Gallo-Rhaetian > Oil > Central Oil > Macro-French > Isle-de-France Creole > mori1278";;
"wara1303";"Warao";-61,69748;9,22718;;"Romero-Figeroa, Andrés. 1997. A Reference Grammar of Warao. Munich, Newcastle: LINCOM Europa. ";"Romero-Figeroa, Andrés";" A Reference Grammar of Warao";1997;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"wara1303: no Classification";;
"jama1261";"Jamamadí";-66,49937;-7,5567;"The possessive forms listed below index alienable possession (Dixon 2004:77). The full set of inalienable possessive pronouns is described by Dixon (2004:77). In addition, the A, S, and O 3rd person plural forms are only used to refer to animate antecedents (Dixon 2004:77). The form used to refer to inanimates is, like the 3rd person singular forms, null (∅) (Dixon 2004:77). ";"Dixon, R.M.W. 2004. The Jarawara Language of Southern Amazonia. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ";"Dixon, R";"W";"M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawan > Madi-Madiha > jama1261";;
"crow1244";"Crow";-107,75698;45,39971;"This paradigm contains the bound stems used to create independent pronouns, which when affixed are either contrastive or emphatic. They co-occur with pronominal marking on verbs.";"Graczyk, Randolph. 2007. A Grammar of Crow. Lincoln, Nebraska, London, United Kingdom: University of Nebraska Press. ";"Graczyk, Randolph";" A Grammar of Crow";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Siouan > Core Siouan > Missouri River Siouan > crow1244";;
"kala1399";"Inuktitut";-51,22762;68,66767;"There exist distinct inflectional paradigms for possessive marking of nouns for each case (Fortescue 1984:205 ff). In addition to this, distinct paradigms of possessive markers for singular and plural possessed elements exist (Fortescue 1984:207). The elements listed are used with a singular possessum in the absolutive case. ";"Fortescue, Michael. 1984. West Greenlandic. Kent, United Kingdom: Croom Helm. ";"Fortescue, Michael";" West Greenlandic";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Eskimo-Aleut > Eskimo > Inuit > kala1399";;
"pipi1250";"Pipil";-89,45878;13,8463;"It is not entirely clear if the O forms listed can be used as object pronouns as well as S and A forms, but Campbell (1985:53) appears to suggest that this is the case. ";"Campbell, Lyle. 1985. The Pipil Language of El Salvador. Berlin: Mouton. ";"Campbell, Lyle";" The Pipil Language of El Salvador";1985;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uto-Aztecan > Southern Uto-Aztecan > Corachol-Aztecan > Aztec > Eastern Nahuatl > pipi1250";;
"kain1272";"Kaingang";-51,36153;-25,40311;"The 3rd person dual and plural pronouns listed below are in fact the non-feminine forms (Wiesemann 1972:101). The feminine 3rd person dual and plural form is 'fɑg ~ -hɑg' (Wiesemann 1972:101).";"Wiesemann, Ursula. 1972. Die phonologische und grammatische Struktur der Kaingáng-Sprache. The Hauge: Mouton. ";"Wiesemann, Ursula";" Die phonologische und grammatische Struktur der Kaingáng-Sprache";1972;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear-Macro-Je > Je > Je Meridional > Kaingang-Xokleng > Kaingangic > kain1272";;
"nort2646";"Pashto";71,46825;33,98803;"The language displays split ergativity (David 2014:50). In the non-past tenses the language has nominative-accusative alignment while in the past tenses ergative-absolutive alignment is displayed. The forms inflected according to the nominative-accusative alignment are listed below. In addition, the forms listed are those used in eastern variants of the language. A wide range of other regional forms is described by David (2014:158-9). Finally, the 3rd person possessive forms only function as such when immediately preceded by the genitive prepositional element 'də' (David 2014:163).";"David, Anne Boyle. 2014. Descriptive Grammar of Pashto and its Dialects. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. ";"David, Anne Boyle";" Descriptive Grammar of Pashto and its Dialects";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Indo-Iranian > Iranian > Pashto > Nuclear Pashto > nort2646";;
"ngar1235";"Ngarinman";130,64996;-15,50219;"In addition to the 1st person inclusive plural A, S, and O form listed, another form, 'ŋaliwula', also exists which means 'you and me/I and one other' (Meakins and Nordlinger 2014:217). Meakins and Nordlinger (2014:218) also list the form 'ŋaliwulaɲ' which is the possessive correspondent of 'ŋaliwula'. ";"Meakins, Felicity and Rachel Nordlinger. 2014. Grammar of Bilinarra: An Australian Aboriginal Language of the Northern Territory. Boston: De Gruyter Mouton. ";"Meakins, Felicity and Rachel Nordlinger";" Grammar of Bilinarra: An Australian Aboriginal Language of the Northern Territory";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Desert Nyungic > Ngumpin-Yapa > Ngumpin > Gurindjic > ngar1235";;
"hixk1239";"Hixkaryána";-58,79008;-0,15977;"There is no regular number marking system on nouns or pronouns in the language (Derbyshire 1979:126). There is, however, a collective/non-collective distinction with the collective used where the 'focus is on a group' (Derbyshire 1979:126). These collective forms are listed below in the plural and dual entries of the paradigm while non-collective forms are listed in the singular entries. Additionally, Derbyshire (1979:96-7) describes a significant number of allopmorphic variants of the possessive pronouns listed below while also noting that nominal suffixes (not listed below) which mark possessedness and number also distinguish between present and past possession (Derbyshire 1979:98-100). Finally, each of the animate third person A, S, and O pronouns have distinct non-deictic, near-deictic, medial-deictic, and remote-deictic forms (Derbyshire 1979:127). Pronouns used to refer to inanimates do not have distinct deictic and non-deictic forms (Derbyshire 1979:127). The animate non-deictic variants are listed below. ";"Derbyshire, Desmond C. 1979. Hixkaryana. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Company. ";"Derbyshire, Desmond C";" Hixkaryana";1979;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Cariban > Parukotoan > Waiwaian > hixk1239";;
"anin1240";"Anindilyakwa";136,59605;-13,99494;;"van Egmond, Marie-Elaine. 2012. Enindhilyakwa phonology, morphosyntax and genetic position. PhD Dissertation. University of Sydney: Sydney.";"van Egmond, Marie-Elaine";" Enindhilyakwa phonology, morphosyntax and genetic position";2012;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Gunwinyguan > Gunwinyguan Bak > Wubuy-Anindilyakwa > anin1240";;
"nort2723";"Northern Pumi";101,30253;28,712;"Noun phrases, including pronouns, are marked in a number of cases for semantic function (Ding 2014:138-9). These markings are treated by Ding (2014:138 ff) as postpositions, that is as objects morphosyntactically distinct from the element being marked. Thus the semantic role markers are not listed with the forms below. The one exception to this is the group of plural possessive pronouns in which the genitive postposition is incorporated into the pronoun (Ding 2014:166). In addition, distinct third person pronouns exist for present and absent referents (Ding 2014:90). The forms for present referents are listed. ";"Ding, Picus Sizhi. 2014. A grammar of Prinmi: based on the central dialect of northwest Yunnan, China. Leiden: Brill. ";"Ding, Picus Sizhi";" A grammar of Prinmi: based on the central dialect of northwest Yunnan, China";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Burmo-Qiangic > Na-Qiangic > Qiangic > Pumi > nort2723";;
"ling1265";"Neverver";167,49364;-16,18608;"An initial 'i-' may optionally occur attached to the the first and second person A, S, and O forms listed below (Barbour 2012:72). In addition to this, there is an allomorphic distinction between possessive pronouns that occur with initial 't-' and those that do not (the 'bare' forms) (Barbour 2012:136). The bare forms only occur following n-final nouns and and so the t-initial forms are listed below. Finally, the possessive forms listed below are used exclusively with human or sentient possessors (Barbour 2012:135). The two attested systems for the expression of non-human possession are discussed by Barbour (2012:141-6). ";"Barbour, Julie. 2012. A Grammar of Neverver. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. ";"Barbour, Julie";" A Grammar of Neverver";2012;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Central Vanuatu > Malakula > Western Malakula linkage > Central-Western Malakula > ling1265";;
"yuec1235";"Cantonese";111,46663;22,78877;;"Matthews, Stephen and Virginia Yip. 1994. Cantonese A Comprehensive Grammar. London and New York: Routledge.";"Matthews, Stephen and Virginia Yip";" Cantonese A Comprehensive Grammar";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Sinitic > Classical-Middle-Modern Sinitic > Middle-Modern Sinitic > Yue-Pinghua > yuec1235";;
"waru1264";"Warungu";144,37004;-18,24957;;"Tsunoda, Tasaku. 2011. A Grammar of Warrongo. Berlin, Boston: De Gruyter Mouton. ";"Tsunoda, Tasaku";" A Grammar of Warrongo";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Greater Maric > Guwa-Maric > Maric > Northern Maric > Warungu-Gugu Badhun > waru1264";;
"kima1246";"Kimaghima";138,44794;-7,95174;;"Boelaars, J.H.M.C. 1950. The Linguistic Position of South Western New Guinea. Leiden: Brill.";"Boelaars, J";"M";"H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Kolopom > Kimaama-Riantana > kima1246";;
"rian1263";"Riantana";138,46035;-7,51848;;"Boelaars, J.H.M.C. 1950. The Linguistic Position of South Western New Guinea. Leiden: Brill.";"Boelaars, J";"M";"H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Kolopom > Kimaama-Riantana > rian1263";;
"ndom1245";"Ndom";138,00829;-8,17773;;"Boelaars, J.H.M.C. 1950. The Linguistic Position of South Western New Guinea. Leiden: Brill.";"Boelaars, J";"M";"H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Kolopom > ndom1245";;
"nucl1452";"Mombum";138,79259;-8,28456;;"Boelaars, J.H.M.C. 1950. The Linguistic Position of South Western New Guinea. Leiden: Brill.";"Boelaars, J";"M";"H";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mombum-Koneraw > nucl1452";;
"mand1444";"Mandobo";140,51521;-6,00365;;"Wester, Ruth. 2014. A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family. PhD Thesis. Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.";"Wester, Ruth";" A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Greater Awyu > Awyu-Dumut > Dumut > Mandobo > mand1444";;
"aghu1255";"Aghu";140,09942;-6,34522;;"Wester, Ruth. 2014. A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family. PhD Thesis. Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.";"Wester, Ruth";" A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Greater Awyu > Awyu-Dumut > Awyu > Mappi-Digul Awyu > aghu1255";;
"asue1235";"Asue Awyu";139,14305;-6,00189;;"Wester, Ruth. 2014. A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family. PhD Thesis. Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.";"Wester, Ruth";" A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Greater Awyu > Awyu-Dumut > Awyu > asue1235";;
"sout2941";"South Awyu";139,56904;-7,11156;;"Wester, Ruth. 2014. A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family. PhD Thesis. Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.";"Wester, Ruth";" A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Greater Awyu > Awyu-Dumut > Awyu > sout2941";;
"eder1237";"Edera Awyu";139,89159;-7,01549;;"Wester, Ruth. 2014. A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family. PhD Thesis. Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.";"Wester, Ruth";" A Linguistic History of Awyu-Dumut: morphological study and reconstruction of a Papuan language family";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Asmat-Awyu-Ok > Awyu-Ok > Greater Awyu > Awyu-Dumut > Awyu > eder1237";;
"utes1238";"Ute-Southern Paiute";-108,68038;37,07146;"The language possesses distinct 3rd person pronouns for referents within the visible range of the speaker and those that are not visible to the speaker (Givón 2011:60-1). The pronouns used for visible 3rd person referents are listed below. ";"Givón, Talmy. 2011. Ute Reference Grammar. Amsterdam, Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company. ";"Givón, Talmy";" Ute Reference Grammar";2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uto-Aztecan > Northern Uto-Aztecan > Numic > Southern Numic > utes1238";;
"itza1241";"Itza'";-89,87889;17,00912;"The 1st and 2nd person A, S, and O forms listed may optionally occur with the prefix 'in-' (Hofling 2000:39). ";"Hofling, Charles A. 2000. Itzaj Maya Grammar. Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press.";"Hofling, Charles A";" Itzaj Maya Grammar";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mayan > Core Mayan > Yucatecan > Mopan-Itza > itza1241";;
"choc1276";"Choctaw";-94,81899;33,89928;"No independent 3rd person A, S, or O forms exist (Broadwell 2006:53-4). The demonstrative 'yammak' that one is sometimes used to refer to 3rd person referents, and so for completeness of the paradigm has been added in here.";"Broadwell, George Aaron. 2006. A Choctaw Reference Grammar. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. ";"Broadwell, George Aaron";" A Choctaw Reference Grammar";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Muskogean > Western Muskogean > choc1276";;
"yima1243";"Yimas";143,51817;-4,6658;;"Foley, William A. 2005. Linguistic prehistory in the Sepik–Ramu basin. In Andrew Pawley, Robert Attenborough, Robin Hide, Jack Golson (eds.), Papuan pasts: cultural, linguistic and biological histories of Papuan-speaking peoples. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University. ";"Foley, William A";" Linguistic prehistory in the Sepik–Ramu basin";2005;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Lower Sepik-Ramu > Lower Sepik > Karawarian > yima1243";;
"awap1236";"Awa";145,70885;-6,65396;;"Ross, Malcolm. 1995. The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights. In Baak, Connie and Bakker, Mary and van der Meij, Dick (eds.), Tales from a concave world: Liber amicorum Bert Voorhoeve. pp. 139-168. Leiden: Department of Languages and Cultures of Southeast Asia and Oceania, Leiden University.";"Ross, Malcolm";" The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Kainantu-Goroka > Kainantu > Gauwa > Awa-Oweina > awap1236";;
"usar1243";"Usarufa";145,63096;-6,38803;;"Ross, Malcolm. 1995. The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights. In Baak, Connie and Bakker, Mary and van der Meij, Dick (eds.), Tales from a concave world: Liber amicorum Bert Voorhoeve. pp. 139-168. Leiden: Department of Languages and Cultures of Southeast Asia and Oceania, Leiden University.";"Ross, Malcolm";" The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Kainantu-Goroka > Kainantu > Gauwa > Auyana > usar1243";;
"gads1258";"Gadsup";146,0414;-6,30119;;"Ross, Malcolm. 1995. The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights. In Baak, Connie and Bakker, Mary and van der Meij, Dick (eds.), Tales from a concave world: Liber amicorum Bert Voorhoeve. pp. 139-168. Leiden: Department of Languages and Cultures of Southeast Asia and Oceania, Leiden University.";"Ross, Malcolm";" The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Kainantu-Goroka > Kainantu > Gauwa > Gadsup-Agarabi > gads1258";;
"nort2920";"Tairora, North";145,92963;-6,43217;;"Ross, Malcolm. 1995. The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights. In Baak, Connie and Bakker, Mary and van der Meij, Dick (eds.), Tales from a concave world: Liber amicorum Bert Voorhoeve. pp. 139-168. Leiden: Department of Languages and Cultures of Southeast Asia and Oceania, Leiden University.";"Ross, Malcolm";" The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Kainantu-Goroka > Kainantu > Tairora > nort2920";;
"gend1249";"Gende";145,17818;-5,67999;"∅- indicates a number/person combination that is zero-marked.";"Ross, Malcolm. 1995. The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights. In Baak, Connie and Bakker, Mary and van der Meij, Dick (eds.), Tales from a concave world: Liber amicorum Bert Voorhoeve. pp. 139-168. Leiden: Department of Languages and Cultures of Southeast Asia and Oceania, Leiden University.";"Ross, Malcolm";" The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Kainantu-Goroka > Goroka > gend1249";;
"alek1238";"Alekano";145,38279;-6,03894;;"Ross, Malcolm. 1995. The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights. In Baak, Connie and Bakker, Mary and van der Meij, Dick (eds.), Tales from a concave world: Liber amicorum Bert Voorhoeve. pp. 139-168. Leiden: Department of Languages and Cultures of Southeast Asia and Oceania, Leiden University.";"Ross, Malcolm";" The Great Papuan Pronoun Hunt: Recalibrating Our Sights";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Kainantu-Goroka > Goroka > Nuclear Goroka > Gahuku > alek1238";;
"badi1246";"Badimaya";117,26693;-29,02519;"...the case system of Badimaya pronouns is absolutive-accusative (absolutive ∅ forms for subject NPs of both transitive and intransitive sentences, and accusative -nha forms for direct objects)... p52";"Bednall, James. 2014. Badimaya dictionary: An Aboriginal language of Western Australia. Geraldton, Australia: Bundiyarra - Irra Wangga Language Centre.";"Bednall, James";" Badimaya dictionary: An Aboriginal language of Western Australia";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > South-West Pama-Nyungan > Kartu-Nhanda > Kartu > badi1246";;
"badi1246";"Badimaya";117,26693;-29,02519;;"Dunn, Leone. 1988. Badimaya, a Western Australian language. Papers in Australian Linguistics. 17. pp. 19-149.";"Dunn, Leone";" Badimaya, a Western Australian language";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > South-West Pama-Nyungan > Kartu-Nhanda > Kartu > badi1246";;
"nhan1238";"Nhanda";114,38273;-26,63134;"In addition to the nominative/accusative pattern followed by the 1st and 2nd person pronouns there is an ergative first person pronoun ŋajit̪adalu which covers all numbers, and and ergative second person pronoun ɲinit̪adalu which covers all numbers. Demonstratives function as discourse pronouns for third persons. They follow an ergative/accusative pattern and are inflected dependent on number. In the paradigm the medium distance from speaker set of demonstratives has been entered.";"Blevins, Juliette. 2001. Nhanda: An Aboriginal language of Western Australia. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.";"Blevins, Juliette";" Nhanda: An Aboriginal language of Western Australia";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > South-West Pama-Nyungan > Kartu-Nhanda > nhan1238";;
"djam1255";"Jaminjung";130,01565;-15,05257;;"Schultze-Berndt, Eva. (2000). Simple and complex verbs in Jaminjung: A study of event categorisation in an Australian language. PhD Thesis, Radboud University Nijmegen, Nijmegen.";"Schultze-Berndt, Eva";" Simple and complex verbs in Jaminjung: A study of event categorisation in an Australian language";-2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mirndi > Yirram > djam1255";;
"dier1241";"Diyari";137,99999;-28,16666;;"Austin, Peter. 1981. A Grammar of Diyari, South Australia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.";"Austin, Peter";" A Grammar of Diyari, South Australia";1981;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Karnic > Central Karnic > Western Central Karnic > Pirlatapa-Dieric > Dieric > dier1241";;
"kele1258";"Kele";147,07332;-2,08898;;"Lynch, J., M. Ross and T. Crowley. 2002. The Oceanic Languages. London: Routledge.";"Lynch, J";" Ross and T";", M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Admiralty Islands > Eastern Admiralty Islands > Manus > East Manus > Kurti-Kele-Ere > kele1258";;
"muss1246";"Mussau-Emira";149,6444;-1,46;;"Lynch, J., M. Ross and T. Crowley. 2002. The Oceanic Languages. London: Routledge.";"Lynch, J";" Ross and T";", M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > St. Matthias > muss1246";;
"sobe1238";"Sobei";138,74596;-1,91346;;"Lynch, J., M. Ross and T. Crowley. 2002. The Oceanic Languages. London: Routledge.";"Lynch, J";" Ross and T";", M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > North New Guinea linkage > Sarmi-Jayapura Bay > Sarmi > Sobei-Liki-Wakde > Sobei-Liki > sobe1238";;
"kair1263";"Kairiru";143,57921;-3,36731;;"Lynch, J., M. Ross and T. Crowley. 2002. The Oceanic Languages. London: Routledge.";"Lynch, J";" Ross and T";", M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > North New Guinea linkage > Schouten linkage > Kairiru-Manam > Kairiruic linkage > kair1263";;
"arop1243";"Arop-Lokep";147,08829;-5,26916;;"Lynch, J., M. Ross and T. Crowley. 2002. The Oceanic Languages. London: Routledge.";"Lynch, J";" Ross and T";", M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > North New Guinea linkage > Ngero-Vitiaz linkage > Vitiaz linkage > Korap linkage > arop1243";;
"yabe1254";"Yabem";147,82436;-6,62692;;"Lynch, J., M. Ross and T. Crowley. 2002. The Oceanic Languages. London: Routledge.";"Lynch, J";" Ross and T";", M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > North New Guinea linkage > Huon Gulf > North Huon Gulf linkage > yabe1254";;
"gapa1238";"Gapapaiwa";149,82365;-9,73891;;"Lynch, J., M. Ross and T. Crowley. 2002. The Oceanic Languages. London: Routledge.";"Lynch, J";" Ross and T";", M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > Papuan Tip linkage > Nuclear Papuan Tip linkage > North Papuan Mainland-D'Entrecasteaux linkage > Are-Taupota linkage > Are linkage > gapa1238";;
"sude1239";"Sudest";153,48818;-11,51313;;"Lynch, J., M. Ross and T. Crowley. 2002. The Oceanic Languages. London: Routledge.";"Lynch, J";" Ross and T";", M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > Papuan Tip linkage > Peripheral Papuan Tip linkage > Nimoa-Sudest > sude1239";;
"indo1316";"Indonesian";109,71572;-7,33458;"The forms listed below are given using the system of transcription employed in Sneddon (2006). The first person singular form 'gua' listed below most commonly occurs in the speech of younger people and in informal situations (Sneddon 2006:59). The form 'saya' is the first person singular pronoun most favoured by older speakers (Sneddon 2006:59). In addition, the form 'gue' is described by Snedden (2006:59) as occurring in free variation with 'gua', although the latter form occurs more frequently in the speech of most people. In addition to this, the first person plural form 'kita' functions as both an exclusive and inclusive form with the Formal Indonesian exclusive pronoun 'kami' occurring very infrequently and often in a way that does not preserve its function as an exclusive pronoun (Sneddon 2006:62). With respect to the second person pronoun 'elu', a range of other forms, including a very seldom occurring set of exclusively plural second person forms, are also described by Sneddon (2006:64-6). Finally, the third person singular pronoun 'dia' can function as a plural form in a certain number of contexts although this usage is not typical for human referents (Sneddon 2006:67-8). ";"Sneddon, James Neil. 2006. Colloquial Jakartan Indonesian. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, the Australian National University. ";"Sneddon, James Neil";" Colloquial Jakartan Indonesian";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Nuclear Malayic > Indonesian Archipelago Malay > indo1316";;
"sout2856";"South Efate";168,38966;-17,70656;;"Thieberger, Nicholas. 2006 A Grammar of South Efate: An Oceanic Language of Vanuatu. USA: University of Hawaii Press.";"Thieberger, Nicholas";" USA: University of Hawaii Press";" 2006 A Grammar of South Efate: An Oceanic Language of Vanuatu";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Central Vanuatu > Epi-Efate > Efate > South Efatic > sout2856";;
"koko1269";"Kokota";159,1825;-8,03961;;"Palmer, Bill. 2009. Kokota Grammar. USA: University of Hawaii Press.";"Palmer, Bill";" Kokota Grammar";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > Meso Melanesian linkage > New Ireland-Northwest Solomonic linkage > St George linkage > Northwest Solomonic > Santa Isabel > Central Santa Isabel > koko1269";;
"mafe1237";"Mavea";167,2346;-15,4191;;"Guérin, Valérie. A Grammar of Mavea: An Oceanic Language of Vanuatu. USA: University of Hawaii Press.";"Guérin, Valérie";" USA: University of Hawaii Press";" A Grammar of Mavea: An Oceanic Language of Vanuatu";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Northern Vanuatu > Espiritu Santo > East Santo > Mafea-Tutuba > mafe1237";;
"meso1252";"Iraqi Arabic";45,68246;32,16809;"A number of the O and P forms listed below have allomorphic alternants that appear when the relevant pronouns are suffixed to a stem with a final vowel, see Erwin (1963:272) for a table displaying these alternate forms.";"Erwin, Wallace M. 1963. A Short Reference Grammar of Iraqi Arabic. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press. ";"Erwin, Wallace M";" A Short Reference Grammar of Iraqi Arabic";1963;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Semitic > West Semitic > Central Semitic > Arabian > Arabic > Eastern Arabic > meso1252";;
"kiow1266";"Kiowa";-98,90482;34,94708;"There are no third person personal pronouns in the language, instead demonstrative pronouns serve this function (Adger et al. 2008:18). The third person forms listed below are variants of the distal demonstrative pronoun. ";"Adger, David, Daniel Harbour and Lauren Watkins. 2008. Mirrors and Microparameters: Phrase Structure Beyond Free Word Order. Online: <http://ling.auf.net/lingbuzz/000762/current.pdf>. ";"Adger, David, Daniel Harbour and Lauren Watkins";" Mirrors and Microparameters: Phrase Structure Beyond Free Word Order";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Kiowa-Tanoan > kiow1266";;
"kaon1241";"Kaonde";25,74251;-13,2534;"Every noun in the language belongs to one of 18 noun classes. Class membership is (typically) determined by the attachment of a prefix to an invariant stem that carries the lexical meaning of the noun. Third person pronominal reference is achieved through the attachment of a prefix to the verbal complex that signals the noun class of the referent as well as the referent's grammatical function in the sentence (Wright 2008:9-10). The third person singular forms listed below are drawn from the class 1 prefix set while the third person plural forms are drawn from the plural associate of class 1, class 2. This is the case as class 1 and 2 contain words such as 'person/people' and other terms for human and animate entities (Wright 2008:9-10). ";"Wright, J.L. 2008. Outline of Kikaonde Grammar. Lusaka, Zambia: Bookworld Publishers. ";"Wright, J";2008;"L";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > Central-Western Bantu > Luban > Luba-Kaonde > Kaonde-Shaba-Sanga > kaon1241";;
"halh1238";"Mongolian";104,83899;46,17813;;"Gaunt, John and L. Bayarmandakh. 2004. Modern Mongolian: A Course-Book. London: Routledge.";"Gaunt, John and L";2004;" Bayarmandakh";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mongolic > Eastern Mongolic > Oirat-Khalkha > Khalkha-Buriat > Mongolian > halh1238";;
"amha1245";"Amharic";38,27987;11,34683;"The second and third person pronouns listed below are familiar forms. See Appleyard (2013:26) for the formal/polite forms. ";"Appleyard, David. 2013. Colloquial Amharic. London: Routledge.";"Appleyard, David";" Colloquial Amharic";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Semitic > West Semitic > Ethiosemitic > South Ethiopic > Transversal South Ethiopic > Amharic-Argobba > amha1245";;
"turk1304";"Turkmen";57,97498;38,17526;;"Dulling, G. K. 1960. An Introduction to the Turkmen Language. Oxford: Central Asian Research Centre in association with St. Antony's College Soviet Affairs Study Group. ";"Dulling, G";1960;" K";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Turkic > Common Turkic > Oghuz > Nuclear Oghuz > East Oghuz > turk1304";;
"kawa1283";"Kawaiisu";-118,6723;36,05113;"No third person personal pronouns exist in the language, rather a set of demonstrative pronouns serves this function (Zigmond et al. 1990:44). In place of third person forms, definite proximate animate demonstratives are listed below, see Zigmond et al. (1990:46) for description of the complete set of demonstrative pronouns. ";"Zigmond, Maurice L., Curtis G. Booth, and Pamela Munro. 1990. Kawaiisu: A Grammar and Dictionary with Texts. Berkeley, Los Angeles: University of California Press. ";"Zigmond, Maurice L";" Booth, and Pamela Munro";", Curtis G";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uto-Aztecan > Northern Uto-Aztecan > Numic > Southern Numic > kawa1283";;
"tswa1253";"Tswana";21,39171;-23,25667;"The language possesses distinct third person pronouns for each of its nine noun classes (Cole 1955:128). The third person forms listed below are associated with class one referents. See Cole (1955:128) for the full list of third person pronouns. Additionally, possessive pronouns are complex elements formed by the combination of a bound pronominal base and a prefixal 'concord' that cross-references the possessum (Cole 1955:159-62). Only the pronominal bases are listed below, see Cole (1955:159-60) for a full list of the possessive concords. Finally, Cole (1955:162) lists 'communal' plural possessive bases in the first, second, and third person (class one) which are not listed below. ";"Cole, Desmond T. 1995. An Introduction to Tswana Grammar. London, Cape Town, New York: Longmans, Green and Company. ";"Cole, Desmond T";" An Introduction to Tswana Grammar";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > East Bantu > Southern Bantu-Makua > Sotho-Makua-Venda > Sotho-Makua > Sotho-Tswana (S.30) > Tswanaic > tswa1253";;
"yoru1245";"Yoruba";4,40609;7,79927;"The third person singular object pronoun takes the form of the vowel of the verb (Bamgbose 1966:106). Thus, the numeral '0' is listed in the relevant cells as a place holder. In addition to this, the '.' placed initially in the first and second person singular possessive forms listed below represents a floating low tone (Bamgbose 1966:106). Finally, a number of variations in form of the pronouns listed below are noted by Bamgbose (1966:105-6).";"Bamgbose, Ayo. 1966. A Grammar of Yoruba. Cambridge: University of Cambridge Press. ";"Bamgbose, Ayo";" A Grammar of Yoruba";1966;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Defoid > Yoruboid > Edekiri > Ede > Eastern Ede > Southeastern Ede > Nuclear Yoruba > Lucumi-Yoruba > yoru1245";;
"tauy1241";"Tauya";145,36626;-5,75135;"The possessive forms listed below appear as proclitics attached to possessed animate nouns (MacDonald 2013:7). Inanimate possessed nouns are typically not marked (MacDonald 2013:7). Similarly, the object forms listed appear as proclitics attached to transitive verbs (MacDonald 2013:7). In addition, third person singular objects and possessors are typically unmarked in the language (MacDonald 2013:7). Hence, the numeral '0' has been entered in the relevant cells below.";"MacDonald, Lorna. 2013. A Dictionary of Tauya. Boston, Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.";"MacDonald, Lorna";" A Dictionary of Tauya";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Madang > Rai Coast > Unclassified Rai Coast > tauy1241";;
"nort2845";"North Marquesan";-140,07762;-8,90335;"When occurring as a grammatical object, personal pronouns are preceded by the object/oblique marking preposition ‘iɑ’ (Cablitz 2006:101). This element is not included in the object forms listed below as it is analysed and glossed by Cablitz (2006) as distinct from the set of personal pronouns. In addition, other than the second person singular and first person singular possessive forms listed below, no special possessive pronouns exist (Cablitz 2006:101). Rather, the possessive use of pronouns is marked periphrastically using the S/A/O forms as discussed in detail by Cablitz (2006:167 ff). ";"Cablitz, Gabriele H. 2006. Marquesan: A Grammar of Space. Berlin, New York: Mouton de Gruyter. ";"Cablitz, Gabriele H";" Marquesan: A Grammar of Space";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Central Pacific linkage > Tokelau-Fijian > Polynesian > Nuclear Polynesian > Northern Outlier Polynesian-East Polynesian > Solomons Northern Outlier Polynesian-East Polynesian > Central Northern Outlier Polynesian-East Polynesian > East Polynesian > Central Eastern Polynesian > Marquesan > nort2845";;
"west2420";"Kham (Western Parbate)";82,70307;28,641;"Per Watters (2002:161), the S, A, and O forms listed below are used only ‘to reintroduce [discourse] participants of low standing or to place special emphasis on the participant at hand’. A set of bound pronominal elements serve to mark anaphoric reference in a manner comparable to the function of free pronouns in English and similar languages (Watters 2002:161). In addition, the language possesses a complex system of case marking in which both ergative-absolutive and nominative-accusative patterns of marking exist and overlap (Watters 2002:68 ff). This overlapping of case marking patterns is so extensive that utterances which contain both an ergative agent and accusative object or an unmarked nominative subject and unmarked absolutive object can occur (Watters 2002:68 ff). Which marking an argument receives is determined by its position on a nominal hierarchy in relation to the other arguments present in the clause (Watters 2002:68-9). Given this state of affairs and the lack of any obvious default marking for arguments appearing in the S, A or O roles, the pronouns below are given without any such markings. The 3rd person forms are transparently relatable to the distal (within view) demonstrative.";"Watters, David E. 2002. A Grammar of Kham. Cambridge, New York: Cambridge University Press. ";"Watters, David E";" A Grammar of Kham";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Himalayish > Mahakiranti > Kham-Magar-Chepang > Kham > Parbate Kham > west2420";;
"kett1243";"Ket";87,56997;63,93989;;"Georg, Stefan. 2006. A Descriptive Grammar of Ket (Yenisei-Ostyak): Part 1: Introduction, Phonology, Morphology. Leiden: Brill.";"Georg, Stefan";" A Descriptive Grammar of Ket (Yenisei-Ostyak): Part 1: Introduction, Phonology, Morphology";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Yeniseian > Northern Yeniseian > kett1243";;
"enap1235";"Panare";-65,82966;6,90066;"The third person pronouns distinguish animacy, spatial deixis, and visibility/invisibility (Payne 2013:88-9). The animate, proximate, visible third person forms are listed below. The element ‘úja’ appears immediately following A pronouns (Payne 2012:68). Since this element is classified as a postposition it is not included in the forms listed below. Possession is marked differently for inalienable and alienable nouns (Payne 2013:74 ff). The forms used for inalienable possession are listed below. Note, the forms of the prefixal possessive pronouns listed below vary significantly in an allomorphic fashion as discussed by Payne (2013:74-5). ";"Payne, Thomas Edward. 2013. A Typological Grammar of Panare: a Cariban Language of Venezuela. Leiden: Brill. ";"Payne, Thomas Edward";" A Typological Grammar of Panare: a Cariban Language of Venezuela";2013;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Cariban > Venezuelan Cariban > Pemong-Panare > enap1235";;
"tari1256";"Tariana";-68,60846;0,31273;"Gender marked plural pronouns are employed if the sex of plural referents has to be contrasted (otherwise the corresponding masculine pronoun is used). The 1st person plural/dual is wahamape, the 2st person plural/dual is ihamape and the 3st person plural/dual is nahamape";"Alexandra Aikhenvald 2003. A grammar of Tariana, from northwest Amazonia";"Alexandra Aikhenvald 2003";"missing";" A grammar of Tariana, from northwest Amazonia";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Inland Northern Maipuran > Japura-Colombia > Nuclear Japura-Colombia > Baniwa-Curripaco-Tariano > tari1256";;
"jama1262";"Jamaican Creole English";-77,3106;18,15607;"In addition to the third person singular pronoun 'im' listed below, a third person singular neuter pronoun 'i' also exists (Sutcliffe 1982:97). ";"Sutcliffe, David. 1982. British Black English. Oxford: Blackwell. ";"Sutcliffe, David";" British Black English";1982;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Guinea Coast Creole English > Caribbean English Creole > Western Caribbean Creole > Jamaicanic > jama1262";;
"para1311";"Paraguayan Guaraní";-57,08816;-25,60551;"The forms listed below are given in the system of transcription adopted by Gregores and Suárez (1967). The third person form ha'e is considered a demonstrative.";"Gregores, Emma and Jorge A. Suárez. 1967. A Description of Colloquial Guarani. The Hague: Mouton and Co. ";"Gregores, Emma and Jorge A";1967;" Suárez";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tupian > Maweti-Guarani > Aweti-Guarani > Tupi-Guarani > Tupi-Guarani Subgroup I > Tupi-Guarani Subgroup I.A > Paraguay-Brazil Guarani > para1311";;
"urdu1245";"Urdu";67,05703;24,90336;"The second person singular forms listed below are the honourific forms. In addition to these forms, a set of familiar second person singular pronouns exists on the basis of the stem 'tuu' (Bhatia and Koul 2000:318-19). In addition to this, the O forms carrying the suffix '-ko' each have a truncated form ending in '-e' (Bhatia and Koul 2000:318-19). ";"Bhatia, Tej K. and Ashok Koul. 2000. Colloquial Urdu. London: Routledge. ";"Bhatia, Tej K";2000;" and Ashok Koul";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Indo-Iranian > Indo-Aryan > Indo-Aryan Central zone > Subcontinental Central Indo-Aryan > Western Hindi > Hindustani > urdu1245";;
"berb1259";"Berbice Dutch Creole";-57,98281;5,41607;"In addition to the forms given below, a series of ‘reduced’ personal pronouns, phonologically related to the pronouns listed, also exists (Kouwenberg 1993:169-171). ";"Kouwenberg, Silvia. 1994. A Grammar of Berbice Dutch Creole. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. ";"Kouwenberg, Silvia";" A Grammar of Berbice Dutch Creole";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > Franconian > Low Franconian > Macro-Dutch > Middle-Modern Dutch > Modern Dutch > Dutch Caribbean Creole > berb1259";;
"saot1239";"Sãotomense ";6,61935;0,28332;"The free first person singular A, S pronoun ‘aˈmi’ listed below most commonly occurs before non-verbal elements, the use of this form before verbs is considered archaic (Ferraz 1979:63-4). Most commonly, before verbs a bound morpheme ‘N-’, a nasal homorganic with the initial consonant of the verb, (or one of the elements in free variation with this morpheme) is used (Ferraz 1979:63-4). Similarly, the third person singular A, S pronoun ‘e’ listed below only occurs before verbs with the form ‘eˈle’ used before all other categories of word, while the first person singular O pronoun ‘mũ’ only occurs before verbs with the form ‘ˈami’ used before all other categories (Ferraz 1979:64). ";"Ferraz, Luiz Ivens. 1979. The Creole of São Tomé. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press. ";"Ferraz, Luiz Ivens";" The Creole of São Tomé";1979;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Southwestern Shifted Romance > West Ibero-Romance > Galician Romance > Macro-Portuguese > Lower Guinea Portuguese > Saotomense-Principense > saot1239";;
"anti1245";"Antigua and Barbuda Creole English";-61,79776;17,08765;"In addition to the gender 1 and 2 third person singular pronouns listed below, which are the masculine and feminine forms respectively, the third person singular neuter subject and object forms /i/ and /om/ also exist in the language (Farquhar 1974:48). The corresponding possessive forms are /fui/ and /fuom/ (Farquhar 1974:48).";"Farquhar, Bernadette. 1974. A Grammar of Antiguan Creole. PhD thesis. Cornell University. ";"Farquhar, Bernadette";" A Grammar of Antiguan Creole";1974;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Guinea Coast Creole English > Caribbean English Creole > Eastern Caribbean Creole > Gullah-Nevis-Antigua > anti1245";;
"anti1245";"Antigua and Barbuda Creole English";-61,79776;17,08765;"Unlike the North Antiguan dialect, the South Antiguan dialect lacks a gender and animacy distinction in the third person singular A,S, and O forms (Farquhar 1974:48). Note however that, as discussed in the comments to the relevant entries below, a gender distinction is maintained between masculine and feminine third person singular possessive forms in the object function ((Farquhar 1974:48). ";"Farquhar, Bernadette. 1974. A Grammar of Antiguan Creole. PhD thesis. Cornell University. ";"Farquhar, Bernadette";" A Grammar of Antiguan Creole";1974;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Guinea Coast Creole English > Caribbean English Creole > Eastern Caribbean Creole > Gullah-Nevis-Antigua > anti1245";;
"sese1246";"Seselwa Creole French";55,4503;-4,62314;"The forms listed below are given in the system of transcription adopted by Corne (1977) where ‘ˆ’ marks nasal vowel quality. ";"Corne, Chris. 1977. Seychelles Creole Grammar. Tübingen: TBL Verlag Gunter Narr. ";"Corne, Chris";" Seychelles Creole Grammar";1977;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Northwestern Shifted Romance > Gallo-Rhaetian > Oil > Central Oil > Macro-French > Isle-de-France Creole > sese1246";;
"iwai1244";"Iwaidja";132,58238;-11,51794;;"Evans pc (for the moment – check Pym & Larrimore 1979 later)";"Evans pc (for the moment – check Pym & Larrimore 1979 later)";"missing";"missing";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Iwaidjan Proper > Central Iwaidjic > iwai1244";;
"gang1267";"Yukulta";139,42637;-17,54458;;"Keen, Sandra. 1983. Yukulta. In R.M.W. Dixon & Barry J. Blake (eds.), Handbook of Australian Languages, Vol. 3.";"Keen, Sandra";" Yukulta";1983;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tangkic > Southern Tangkic > gang1267";;
"tora1259";"Torau";155,42832;-6,13297;"The numeral '0' is used as a placeholder for the third person non-possessive forms. These cells will be filled shortly. ";"Evans, Bethwyn. 2015. Personal communication.";"Evans, Bethwyn";" Personal communication";2015;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > Meso Melanesian linkage > New Ireland-Northwest Solomonic linkage > St George linkage > Northwest Solomonic > Mono-Uruavan > tora1259";;
"teop1238";"Teop";155,00022;-5,6867;;"Evans, Bethwyn. 2015. Personal communication.";"Evans, Bethwyn";" Personal communication";2015;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > Meso Melanesian linkage > New Ireland-Northwest Solomonic linkage > St George linkage > Northwest Solomonic > North Bougainville Oceanic > Nuclear North Bougainville Oceanic > Buka > Saposa-Tinputz > Tinputzic > teop1238";;
"bann1247";"Bannoni";155,22935;-6,43407;"'gh' represents a voice velar fricative. ";"Evans, Bethwyn. 2015. Personal communication.";"Evans, Bethwyn";" Personal communication";2015;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > Meso Melanesian linkage > New Ireland-Northwest Solomonic linkage > St George linkage > Northwest Solomonic > Banoni-Piva > bann1247";;
"mono1273";"Mono";155,80133;-7,06775;;"Evans, Bethwyn. 2015. Personal communication.";"Evans, Bethwyn";" Personal communication";2015;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > Meso Melanesian linkage > New Ireland-Northwest Solomonic linkage > St George linkage > Northwest Solomonic > Mono-Uruavan > mono1273";;
"cube1242";"Cubeo";-70,72258;1,30323;;"Chacon, Thiago Costa. 2012. The Phonology and Morphology of Kubeo: The documentation, theory, and description of an amazonian language. PhD Dissertation. The University of Hawai'i at Mānoa.";"Chacon, Thiago Costa";" The Phonology and Morphology of Kubeo: The documentation, theory, and description of an amazonian language";2012;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tucanoan > Eastern Tucanoan > Western Eastern Tucanoan > Cubeo-Desano > cube1242";;
"yamp1243";"Yanomama";87,13103;27,60886;"Migliazza's thesis gives forms from a number of varieties. Forms given here are from the Yanomamɨ variety. Data is on p. 326 and entered from Column C. Need to add ref to justify fact that same forms are used for S and O. Ergative case clitic, added to pronouns in A function (apparently obligatorily), is shown here. ";"Migliazza, Ernesto Cesare. 1972. Yanomama grammar and intelligibility. PhD thesis. Indiana University.";"Migliazza, Ernesto Cesare";" Yanomama grammar and intelligibility";1972;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bookkeeping > yamp1243";;
"mode1248";"Greek";22,98938;39,04284;"All 3rd person pronouns have distinct masculine, feminine, and neuter forms (Pring 1950:54-5). The 3rd person singular 'Gender 1' pronouns are the masculine forms, while the 'Gender 2' pronouns are the feminine forms. The 3rd person dual and plural pronouns (except for the possessive forms, see the comments to these cells) are the masculine forms. The neuter and, in the case of the plural pronouns, the feminine forms are given in the comments to the relevant cells.";"Pring, Julian T. 1950. A Grammar of Modern Greek. London: Hodder and Stoughton. ";"Pring, Julian T";" A Grammar of Modern Greek";1950;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Graeco-Phrygian > Greek > East Greek > Koineic Greek > mode1248";;
"mala1479";"Malay";101,6624;3,21602;"The forms below are given in the (largely) phonemic Malay orthography. See Othman and Atmosumarto (1995:1-11) for brief non-technical discussion of the relationship between orthography and phonology in Malay. In addition, note that 'informal' 1SG and 2SG also exist in addition to the forms listed below (Othman and Atmosumarto 1995:232). ";"Othman, Zaharah and Sutanto Atmosumarto. 1995. Colloquial Malay. London: Routledge. ";"Othman, Zaharah and Sutanto Atmosumarto";" Colloquial Malay";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Nuclear Malayic > Singapore Archipelago Malay > mala1479";;
"rapa1244";"Rapa Nui";-109,35714;-27,12479;"A series of syntactic function marking particles exist in the language, however this is not analysed as involving affixation (Du Feu 1996:112-4). Hence, in all cases function marking particles have not been reproduced below. In addition, the language makes a distinction between definite/indefinite and, in the singular, alienable/inalienable pronominal possession (De Feu 1996:144-5). The possessive forms listed below are the definite pronouns used for alienable possession. ";"Du Feu, Veronica. 1996. Rapanui. London: Routledge. ";"Du Feu, Veronica";" Rapanui";1996;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Central Pacific linkage > Tokelau-Fijian > Polynesian > Nuclear Polynesian > Northern Outlier Polynesian-East Polynesian > Solomons Northern Outlier Polynesian-East Polynesian > Central Northern Outlier Polynesian-East Polynesian > East Polynesian > rapa1244";;
"sina1266";"Sinaugoro";147,89062;-9,86539;"In addition to the forms listed below, complex pronominal phrases incorporating plural pronouns that carry a dual or trial meaning that may serve the S/A/O function are also possible, see Tauberschmidt (1999:21) for discussion. Additionally, two distinct patterns of pronominal possession exist: the inalienable and the alienable (Tauberschmidt 1999:59-60). Inalienable possession is marked by attachment of a pronominal suffix to the possessum which indexes the person and number of the possessor (Tauberschmidt 1999:59-60). Nouns and noun phrases that are possessed in an alienable fashion are immediately preceded by a possessive pronoun that also indexes the number and person of the possessor as well as whether the possessum is edible or not (what Tauberschmidt 1999:60-61 terms a neutral/edible distinction). In all cases the possessive construction may be preceded by the S/A/O pronoun that indexes the number and person of the possessor. The possessive pronouns used in neutral alienable possessive contexts are listed below, see Tauberschmidt (1999:19-20) for inalienable possessive suffixes and the edible alienable possessive pronouns.";"Tauberschmidt, Gerhard. 1999. A grammar of Sinaugoro. C-143. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.";"Tauberschmidt, Gerhard";" A grammar of Sinaugoro";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Western Oceanic linkage > Papuan Tip linkage > Peripheral Papuan Tip linkage > Central Papuan Oceanic > Sinagoro-Keapara > sina1266";;
"bign1238";"Big Nambas";167,2349;-16,08588;"The language makes a distinction between obligatorily and optionally possessed nouns (Fox 1979:23-30). The possessive personal suffixes used with the majority of optionally possessed nouns are listed below. Note however, a small number of optionally possessed nouns (enumerated by Fox 1979:26) do not take the possessive suffixes listed but rather are preceded by the appropriately inflected form of the possessive adjective /nan/ (‘his’). Obligatorily possessed nouns take a set of personal possessive suffixes otherwise identical to those listed below except that the initial segment /a/ is absent (Fox 1979:25). ";"Fox, G.J. 1979. Big Nambas Grammar. Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, the Australian National Universiy.";"Fox, G";1979;"J";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Central Vanuatu > Malakula > Western Malakula linkage > Peripheral Western Malakula > Northwestern Malakula > bign1238";;
"urav1235";"Ura";169,07956;-18,67739;"All plural pronouns listed below may optionally carry the suffix /-ye/ which has the effect of adding a meaning similar to every. Hence, while /gimi/ simply means ‘you (pl.)’, /gimi-ye/ means roughly ‘all of you (pl.)’ (Crowley 1999:127). Note also, /y/ represents what is termed by Crowley (1999:106) an ‘alveolar glide’. ";"Crowley, Terry. 1999. Ura: A disappearing language of southern Vanuatu. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. ";"Crowley, Terry";" Ura: A disappearing language of southern Vanuatu";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Southern Melanesian > Southern Vanuatu > Erromanga > urav1235";;
"stan1290";"French";2,55044;46,56221;"The forms listed below are given in the system of transcription adopted by Highfield (1979). In addition, singular possessive pronouns in this language agree with the possessum in gender and number while plural possessives agree in number only (Highfield 1979:62-3). The possessive forms listed below are those used with a singular masculine possessum, see Highfield (1979:62-3) for complete description of the possessive forms. Many possessive forms also have a morphophonemic alternant, see again Highfield (1979:62-3) for discussion. ";"Highfield, Arnold R. 1979. The French Dialect of St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin Islands. Ann Arbor: Karoma Publishers. ";"Highfield, Arnold R";" The French Dialect of St";1979;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Northwestern Shifted Romance > Gallo-Rhaetian > Oil > Central Oil > Macro-French > Global French > stan1290";;
"hual1241";"Huallaga Huánuco Quechua ";-75,53423;-9,56877;"Each of the possessive forms listed below display allomorphic variants, see Weber (1989:54-5) for details. The forms given here are the variants with the widest distribution (the 'elsewhere' variants).";"Weber, David John. 1989. A Grammar of Huallaga (Huánuco) Quechua. Berkeley: University of California Press. ";"Weber, David John";" A Grammar of Huallaga (Huánuco) Quechua";1989;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Quechuan > Quechua I > Central Quechua I > AP-AM-AH > hual1241";;
"rata1244";"Ratahan";124,85159;1,06996;"As noted in the comments to the relevant cells, an initial /i/ may be dropped from those forms listed consisting of three or four syllables (Himmelmann 1999:31). ";"Himmelmann, Nikolaus P. 1999. Toratán (Ratahan). München: LINCOM Europa. ";"Himmelmann, Nikolaus P";" Toratán (Ratahan)";1999;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Sangiric > Southern Sangiric > rata1244";;
"kwam1252";"Kwamera";169,43902;-19,59623;"In addition to the forms listed below, a set of trial pronouns also exists. See Lindstrom et al. (1994:6) for paradigms including these forms and associated discussion.";"Lindstrom, Lamont and John Lynch. 1994. Kwamera. München: LINCOM Europa. ";"Lindstrom, Lamont and John Lynch";" Kwamera";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Southern Melanesian > Southern Vanuatu > Tanna > Southern Tanna > kwam1252";;
"maor1246";"Maori";176,3142;-38,4099;"In all clause types A and S pronouns appear unmarked while O pronouns are marked by the preposition /i/ (Harlow 1996:27). Since /i/ is not analysed as incorporated into the head of the marked object phrase, this element has not been included with the O forms listed below. In addition, when acting as possessives, the forms listed below appear following one of four possessive prepositions and immediately precede the possessed noun phrase (Harlow 1996:20-2). Each of the four possessive prepositions index a certain form of possession as discussed by Harlow (1996:20-2).";"Harlow, Ray. 1996. Māori. München: LINCOM Europa. ";"Harlow, Ray";" Māori";1996;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Central Pacific linkage > Tokelau-Fijian > Polynesian > Nuclear Polynesian > Northern Outlier Polynesian-East Polynesian > Solomons Northern Outlier Polynesian-East Polynesian > Central Northern Outlier Polynesian-East Polynesian > East Polynesian > Central Eastern Polynesian > maor1246";;
"mang1381";"Mangarayi";133,66605;-14,80439;"Demonstrative pronouns, which mark a 'distant/non-distant' distinction, are used in place of third person S, A, and O personal pronouns (Merlan 1989:99). The third person forms listed below are the non-distant forms, see Merlan (1989:107 ff) for a full discussion of all demonstrative pronouns and the properties of the distance distinction. In addition to this, in all persons trial forms exist for all functions S, A, O, and Poss. See Merlan (1989:102) for the first and second person nominative (= S and A) and accusative ( = O) trial forms, Merlan (1989:110) for the third person (= demonstrative) nominative (= S and A) and accusative (= O) trial forms, and Merlan (1989:106) for the trial possessives. ";"Merlan, Francesca. 1989. Mangarayi. London: Routledge. ";"Merlan, Francesca";" Mangarayi";1989;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mangarrayi-Maran > mang1381";;
"pile1238";"Vaeakau-Taumako";167,22095;-9,95573;"The forms listed below are given in the system of transcription adopted by Næss (2000). In this system /lh/ represents what is terms an 'aspirated lateral' (Næss 2000:7) while vowels carrying a macron are long (Næss 2000:10). In addition, the language marks a distinction between 'o-possession' and 'a-possession' (see Næss 2000:17 for a discussion of the import of this distinction). In the former case the possessive pronoun is preceded by the possessive preposition /o/ and in the latter case by /a/. Although a number of the possessive forms listed below are given in Næss (2000:34) as a single word incorporating the preceding possessive preposition, in all cases the preposition has been excluded from the forms listed below. Finally, also note, in addition to the possessive forms listed below, which follow the possessed noun, a set of pre-nominal free possessives as well as a set of possessive suffixes exist, see Næss (2000:35-8) for these forms alongside associated discussion of their use and distribution. ";"Næss, Åshild. 2000. Pileni. München: LINCOM Europa.";"Næss, Åshild";" Pileni";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > Central Pacific linkage > Tokelau-Fijian > Polynesian > Nuclear Polynesian > pile1238";;
"pedi1238";"Nothern Sotho";29,25846;-24,3203;;"Louwrens, Louis J., Ingeborg M. Kosch and Albert E. Kotzé. 1995. Northern Sotho. München: LINCOM Europa. ";"Louwrens, Louis J";" Kosch and Albert E";", Ingeborg M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > East Bantu > Southern Bantu-Makua > Sotho-Makua-Venda > Sotho-Makua > Sotho-Tswana (S.30) > Sotho > Northern Sotho > Sepedic > pedi1238";;
"mewa1250";"Mewati";76,947;27,736;"In the analysis of Gusain (2003:19-20), the third person forms listed below are in fact best considered demonstratives. In addition to this, all pronouns of the language may appear in two case forms, the 'direct' and the 'oblique' (Gusain 2003:19-20). When functioning as S, A or O the pronouns appear in the 'direct' case. On the other hand, all possessors including pronominals appear in the oblique case and are marked periphrastically by one of a set of possessive postpositions which each index a certain type of possessive relation (see Gusain 2003:23 for discussion). ";"Gusain, Lakhan. 2003. Mewati. München: LINCOM Europa. ";"Gusain, Lakhan";" Mewati";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Indo-Iranian > Indo-Aryan > Indo-Aryan Central zone > Subcontinental Central Indo-Aryan > Gujarati-Rajasthani > Rajasthani > Mewati-Gojri > mewa1250";;
"ling1263";"Lingala";24,34624;2,31229;"The forms listed below are given in the system of transcription adopted by Meeuwis (2010). In addition, when functioning as possessives, the pronouns listed appear immediately following the unbound connective element /na/ which in turn immediately follows the possessed noun (Meeuwis 2010:59). ";"Meeuwis, Michael. 2010. A Grammatical Overview of Lingála. München: LINCOM Europa. ";"Meeuwis, Michael";" A Grammatical Overview of Lingála";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > Central-Western Bantu > Greater Bangi-Ntomba > Ngiri > Ngiri Riverain > Ngiri Riverain Ubangi > Ngiri Riverain Ubangi-Ripuaire > Bobangic > Bobangic Riverain > Bobangi-Bangala-Lingala > Lingala-Bangala > ling1263";;
"nyan1308";"Chichewa";34,14127;-14,14654;"The forms listed are given the system of transcription adopted by Bentley and Kulemeka (2001). In addition, when functioning as possessives the forms below precede the possessed noun and are marked by a free morpheme that agrees with the possessed noun in number and gender (Bentley and Kulemeka 2001:14).";"Bentley, Mayrene and Andrew Kulemeka. 2001. Chichewa. München: LINCOM Europa. ";"Bentley, Mayrene and Andrew Kulemeka";" Chichewa";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > East Bantu > Tumbuka-Sena-Nyanja > Nyanjaic > nyan1308";;
"yeyi1239";"Yeyi";23,65565;-19,56084;"The forms listed below are given in the system of transcription used by Seidel (2008). In addition to the A, S, and O forms listed below, a paradigm of monosyllabic personal pronouns also exists, see Seidel (2008:168 ff) for these forms and attendant discussion. Also note, the possessive forms listed below are bound stems that index the person or, in the case of third person referents, the noun class of the possessor (Seidel 2008:163). These forms are obligatorily marked with an prefixal concord morpheme which indexes the noun class of the possessum (Seidel 2008:163). Related to this, note that the third person possessive forms listed below are in fact the possessive stems used for class 1 nouns (terms for humans) while the third person plural forms are the stems used for class 2 nouns (one of the plural associates of class 1). Finally, an additional paradigm of 'complex possessive' forms also exists, see Seidel (2008:166 ff) for discussion of the form and function of the elements of this paradigm. ";"Seidel, Frank. 2008. A Grammar of Yeyi: A Bantu Language of Southern Africa. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. ";"Seidel, Frank";" A Grammar of Yeyi: A Bantu Language of Southern Africa";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > Central-Western Bantu > yeyi1239";;
"gusi1247";"Ekegusii ";34,78966;-0,8117;"The forms listed below are given in a phonemic transcription using the system of transcription adopted by Cammenga (2002). Chapter two of Cammenga (2002) contains extensive discussion of phonological rules which account for the surface realisation of the forms listed below. In addition, note that possessive pronouns agree with the possessed noun in noun class and the possessor in number and person (Cammenga 2002:329-32). The forms listed below are those used with class one possessed nouns. See Cammenga (2002:329-31) for a complete statement of the forms for possessed nouns of all classes.";"Cammenge, Jelle. 2002. Phonology and Morphology of Ekegusii: A Bantu Language of Kenya. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. ";"Cammenge, Jelle";" Phonology and Morphology of Ekegusii: A Bantu Language of Kenya";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > East Bantu > Northeast Savanna Bantu > Great Lakes Bantu > East Nyanza > Nyanza Mara > North Mara > gusi1247";;
"tomm1242";"Dogon, Tommo So";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Plungian, Vladimir. 1995. Dogon. München: LINCOM Europa.";"Plungian, Vladimir";" Dogon";1995;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Dogon > Escarpment Dogon > tomm1242";;
"noon1242";"Noon";-16,89935;14,81197;"There is an animacy and distance distinction in the third person A and S pronouns (Soukka 2000:106).";"Soukka, Maria. 2000. A Descriptive Grammar of Noon: A Cangin Language of Senegal. München: LINCOM Europa. ";"Soukka, Maria";" A Descriptive Grammar of Noon: A Cangin Language of Senegal";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Cangin > Saafi-Noon-Lehar > Noon-Lehar > noon1242";;
"sran1240";"Sranan";-55,74485;5,79751;;"Wilner, John (ed.). 2007. Wortubuku fu Sranan Tongo: Sranan Tongo - English Dictionary. 5th edition. SIL International. Online: <http://www-01.sil.org/americas/suriname/Sranan/STEng.pdf>. ";"Wilner, John (ed";2007;")";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Guinea Coast Creole English > Surinamese Creole English > Eastern Maroons > sran1240";;
"sumi1235";"Sumi";94,41781;25,98778;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Sino-Tibetan > Kuki-Chin-Naga > Naga > Angami-Ao > Angami-Pochuri > Rengma-Simi > sumi1235";;
"jara1266";"Jarai";"no longitude";"no latitude";"In addition to the forms listed below, Jensen (2014:17) also describes a fourth person pronoun /gəʔ/. The properties of this pronoun are similar to the 3S form /ɲu/, ‘except that the [forth-person] pronoun’s reference is treated as more distant in some way’ (Jensen 2014:17). ";"Jensen, Joshua. 2014. Jarai Clauses and Noun Phrases: Syntactic Structures in an Austronesian Language. Boston, Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. ";"Jensen, Joshua";" Jarai Clauses and Noun Phrases: Syntactic Structures in an Austronesian Language";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Aceh-Chamic > Chamic > Highlands Chamic > Rade-Jarai > jara1266";;
"daas1238";"Daasanach";36,12641;4,70169;"The forms listed below are given in the system of transcription employed by Tosco (2001). In addition, note that the third person O form /ʰí/ listed below is, in the terminology of Tosco (2001), a 'Verbal' pronoun that only functions as a third person O form where a nominal object has been left dislocated for pragmatic or syntactic reasons (Tosco 2001:221). In this case /ʰí/ appears in the position from which the object has been 'moved' (Tosco 2001:221). Where no left dislocation occurs, Tosco (2001:221) suggests that (apparently) generic nouns such as /mí/ ('man') serve the function of third person object pronouns. Despite this, Tosco (2001) does not provide discussion that is sufficiently explicit to allow for the determination of precisely what forms are used in place of third person O pronouns, which are listed as absent in the paradigm of 'Object' pronouns (Tosco 2001:211). Thus, subject to future review, /ʰí/ is listed below in order to fill all cells. Finally, the forms listed by Tosco (2001:210-14) as the 'Subject' pronouns are given below as the A/S forms. These pronouns may only appear in what Tosco (2001) terms 'Topicalised' sentences with a 'Perfect' or 'Dependent' verbal form. While elements of two other sets of pronouns may also function as A/S pronouns with other verbal forms (see Tosco 2001:210-14 for discussion), 'Perfect' verbal forms are by far the most common in the language and are 'used for any action unless it is specifically describing an event that has not yet occurred at the time of utterance' (Tosco 2001:264). Hence, the 'Subject' pronouns are reproduced below as the most commonly occurring elements that may serve the A/S function. ";"Tosco, Mauro. 2001. The Dhaasana Language. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. ";"Tosco, Mauro";" The Dhaasana Language";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Afro-Asiatic > Cushitic > East Cushitic > Lowland East Cushitic > Southern Lowland East Cushitic > Mainstream Lowland East Cushitic > Omo-Tana > Western Omo-Tana > daas1238";;
"east2440";"East Makian";127,42407;0,06934;;"Bowden, John. 2001. Taba: Description of a South Halmahera Language. 521. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Bowden, John";" Taba: Description of a South Halmahera Language";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Greater SHWNG > South Halmahera-West New Guinea > Raja Ampat-South Halmahera > South Halmahera > East Makian-Gane > east2440";;
"sain1246";"Saint Lucian Creole French";-60,96529;13,89405;;"Carrington, Lawrence D. 1984. St. Lucian Creole: A Descriptive Analysis of its Phnology and Morpho-Syntax. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. ";"Carrington, Lawrence D";" St";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Italic > Latino-Faliscan > Latinic > Imperial Latin > Romance > Italo-Western Romance > Western Romance > Shifted Western Romance > Northwestern Shifted Romance > Gallo-Rhaetian > Oil > Central Oil > Macro-French > Circum-Caribbean French > Lesser Antillean French Creole > Lucia-Miguel Creole French > sain1246";;
"koro1298";"Koromfe";-0,91043;14,16811;;"Rennison, John R. 1997. Koromfe. London: Routledge. ";"Rennison, John R";" Koromfe";1997;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > koro1298";;
"hano1246";"Raga";168,16824;-15,56091;;"Vari-Bogiri, Hannah. (2011). Phonology and morpho-syntax of Raga, Vanuatu (PhD), The University of the South Pacific, Port-Vila. ";"Vari-Bogiri, Hannah";" Phonology and morpho-syntax of Raga, Vanuatu (PhD), The University of the South Pacific, Port-Vila";-2011;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Northern Vanuatu > hano1246";;
"apma1240";"Abma";168,18738;-15,74853;;"Schneider, Cynthia. (2010). A grammar of Abma: a language of Pentecost Island, Vanuatu. Canberra: Australian National University.";"Schneider, Cynthia";" A grammar of Abma: a language of Pentecost Island, Vanuatu";-2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Central Vanuatu > South Pentecost > apma1240";;
"male1297";"Malecu";-84,7311;10,75353;;"Constenla Umaña, Adolfo. 1998. Gramática de lengua Guatusa. Heredia, Costa Rica: EUNA. 244pp.";"Constenla Umaña, Adolfo";" Gramática de lengua Guatusa";1998;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Votic Chibchan > male1297";;
"sanb1242";"Guna San Blas";-78,16611;8,94933;;"Smith, Wikaliler. 2014. A grammar of Guna -- A community-centered approach. PhD Thesis. University of Texas";"Smith, Wikaliler";" A grammar of Guna -- A community-centered approach";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Isthmic Chibchan > Eastern Isthmic Chibchan > Kuna > sanb1242";;
"nort2972";"Northern Embera";-78,18955;8,23726;;"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L. (1993). Dialectología chocó";"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L";" Dialectología chocó";-1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chocoan > Embera > Atrato > Panama-Baudo-Atrato > nort2972";;
"brib1243";"Bribri";-83,09607;9,34562;;"Constenla Umaña, Adolfo and Margery Peña, Enrique. 1979. Bribri II. San José: Editorial Universitaria de Costa Rica. 112pp.";"Constenla Umaña, Adolfo and Margery Peña, Enrique";" Bribri II";1979;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Isthmic Chibchan > Western Isthmic Chibchan > Viceitic > brib1243";;
"cabe1245";"Cabecar";-83,39357;9,64125;;"Margery Peña, Enrique. 1989. Diccionario Cabécar-Español, Español-Cabécar. Editorial de la Universidad de Costa Rica. 676pp.";"Margery Peña, Enrique";" Diccionario Cabécar-Español, Español-Cabécar";1989;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Isthmic Chibchan > Western Isthmic Chibchan > Viceitic > cabe1245";;
"boru1252";"Boruca";-83,20706;8,88129;;"Castro, Damaris. 2010. The noun phrase in Boruca: studying a recently extinct language. STUF - Language Typology and Universals 63. 196-220. Stockholm Germany: Akademie Verlag GmbH.";"Castro, Damaris";" The noun phrase in Boruca: studying a recently extinct language";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Isthmic Chibchan > Western Isthmic Chibchan > boru1252";;
"trin1276";"Teribe";-61,29505;10,41952;;"Quesada, J. Diego. 2000. A Grammar of Teribe. (LINCOM Studies in Native American Linguistics, 36.) Munich: München: Lincom. v+199pp.";"Quesada, J";2000;" Diego";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Germanic > Northwest Germanic > West Germanic > North Sea Germanic > Anglo-Frisian > Anglian > Mercian > Macro-English > Guinea Coast Creole English > Caribbean English Creole > Eastern Caribbean Creole > Barbados-Eustatius > Barbados-Trinidad > trin1276";;
"bugl1243";"Buglere";-81,23474;8,56363;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Isthmic Chibchan > Eastern Isthmic Chibchan > Guaymiic > bugl1243";;
"ngab1239";"Ngäbere";-81,85312;8,67031;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Isthmic Chibchan > Eastern Isthmic Chibchan > Guaymiic > ngab1239";;
"bord1248";"Kuna";-77,04299;7,93665;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Isthmic Chibchan > Eastern Isthmic Chibchan > Kuna > bord1248";;
"rama1270";"Rama ";-83,71928;11,62732;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Votic Chibchan > rama1270";;
"pech1241";"Pech";-85,38681;15,76432;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > pech1241";;
"cogu1240";"Cogui";-73,83543;10,95076;;"Ortíz Ricaurte, Carolina. 2000. In García Nuñez, Luis Fernando (ed). Lenguas Indígenas de Colombia, una visión descriptiva. Instituto Caro y Cuervo: Bogotá. 757-790.";"Ortíz Ricaurte, Carolina";" In García Nuñez, Luis Fernando (ed)";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Magdalenic > Northern Magdalenic > Arhuacic > cogu1240";;
"arhu1242";"Arhuaco";-73,64372;10,69529;;"Frank, Paul Stephen. 1985. A Grammar of Ika (Chibchan, Colombia). University of Pennsylvania. 194pp. (Doctoral dissertation).";"Frank, Paul Stephen";" A Grammar of Ika (Chibchan, Colombia)";1985;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Magdalenic > Northern Magdalenic > Arhuacic > Eastern-Southern Arhuacic > arhu1242";;
"mala1522";"Damana";-73,41333;10,93166;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Magdalenic > Northern Magdalenic > Arhuacic > Eastern-Southern Arhuacic > Eastern Arhuacic > mala1522";;
"chim1309";"Chimila";-74,25356;10,19012;;"Trillos Amaya, María 1996. Categorias grammatical del Ette Taara: lengua de los chimilas";"Trillos Amaya, María 1996";"missing";" Categorias grammatical del Ette Taara: lengua de los chimilas";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Magdalenic > Northern Magdalenic > chim1309";;
"bari1297";"Bari";-73,21597;8,91802;"In the expression of possession the personal pronouns...precede the possessum, which in turn takes the prefix (C)a-, the consonant preceding the vowel represents a reduplication of the initial consonant of the pronouns expressing first and second person singular. p365";"Diego J. Quesada 2004. The Barí Language of Venezuela: A Glimpse at the Chibchan Periphery";"Diego J";" The Barí Language of Venezuela: A Glimpse at the Chibchan Periphery";" Quesada 2004";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Magdalenic > Southern Magdalenic > bari1297";;
"chib1270";"Chibcha";"no longitude";"no latitude";"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Magdalenic > Southern Magdalenic > Chibcha-Duit > chib1270";;
"cent2150";"Tunebo Central";-72,25885;6,66414;"eya and eayay are 3st person singular for personal pronoun and possessive pronoun. eyina and eyinay are 3st person plural for personal pronoun and possessive pronoun. ";"Headland, Edna R. 1994. Diccionario bilingüe tunebo-español con una breve gramática. Masters Thesis. University of Texas at Arlington.";"Headland, Edna R";" Diccionario bilingüe tunebo-español con una breve gramática";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chibchan > Core Chibchan > Magdalenic > Southern Magdalenic > Tunebo > cent2150";;
"embe1262";"Embera-Chamí";-76,04494;5,08088;;"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L. (1993). Dialectología chocó";"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L";" Dialectología chocó";-1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chocoan > Embera > San Juan > Upper San Juan > embe1262";;
"epen1239";"Epena";-77,54057;2,15166;;"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L. (1993). Dialectología chocó";"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L";" Dialectología chocó";-1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chocoan > Embera > San Juan > epen1239";;
"embe1260";"Embera-Catío";-76,26991;7,36696;;"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L. (1993). Dialectología chocó";"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L";" Dialectología chocó";-1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chocoan > Embera > Atrato > embe1260";;
"woun1238";"Woun Meu";-77,96793;8,30901;;"Fonnegra, Gustavo Mejía 2000";"Fonnegra, Gustavo Mejía 2000";"missing";"missing";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chocoan > woun1238";;
"ekar1243";"Ekari";135,92095;-3,8329;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Paniai Lakes > ekar1243";;
"zyud1238";"Laz";"no longitude";"no latitude";"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"maya1285";"Mayangna";"no longitude";"no latitude";"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Misumalpan > Sumalpan > Sumuic > maya1285";;
"ulwa1239";"Ulwa";"no longitude";"no latitude";"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Misumalpan > Sumalpan > Sumuic > ulwa1239";;
"misk1235";"Miskito";-83,31034;14,49227;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Misumalpan > misk1235";;
"tabo1241";"Tabo";143,30712;-8,08559;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"tabo1241: no Classification";;
"copa1237";"Triqui San Copala";-97,98568;17,15408;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Otomanguean > Eastern Otomanguean > Amuzgo-Mixtecan > Mixtecan > Trique > copa1237";;
"toll1241";"Tol";-87,04673;14,66775;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Jicaquean > toll1241";;
"xinc1247";"Xinca-Guazacapan";-89,82346;14,31028;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bookkeeping > xinc1247";;
"xinc1247";"Xinca-Chiquimulilla";-89,82346;14,31028;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bookkeeping > xinc1247";;
"xinc1247";"Xinca-Yupiltepeque";-89,82346;14,31028;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bookkeeping > xinc1247";;
"xinc1247";"Xinca-Jumaytepeque";-89,82346;14,31028;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bookkeeping > xinc1247";;
"tojo1241";"Tojolabal";-91,77272;16,25294;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Mayan > Core Mayan > Western Mayan > Kanjobalan-Chujean > Chujean > tojo1241";;
"baur1253";"Baure";-64,18585;-13,12949;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Southern Maipuran > Bolivia-Parana > Baure-Paikoneka > Baure-Carmelito-Joaquiniano > baur1253";;
"guar1292";"Guarayu";-61,62019;-15,88728;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tupian > Maweti-Guarani > Aweti-Guarani > Tupi-Guarani > Tupi-Guarani Subgroup II > guar1292";;
"zyud1238";"Paunaca";"no longitude";"no latitude";"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"chay1248";"Shawi";-76,79179;-5,68058;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Cahuapanan > Maina-Chawi > chay1248";;
"yagu1244";"Yagua";-72,22133;-3,4763;"There is an animated generic form for the 1st (excl) Person Singular (tĩ́ĩ́), 1st (excl) Person Dual (tanúúy) and 1st (excl) Person Plural (tavay). Also, there is an inanimated generic form (tara). ";"Doris L. Payne and Thomas E. Payne. 1990. Yagua. In Desmond C. Derbyshire and Geoffrey K. Pullum (eds.), Handbook of Amazonian Languages, 249-474. Berlin/New York: Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.";"Doris L";" Payne";" Payne and Thomas E";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Peba-Yagua > yagu1244";;
"bora1263";"Bora";-71,78736;-2,42364;;"Thiesen, Wesley and David Weber. 2012. A Grammar of Bora with Special Attention to Tone. SIL International Publications in Linguistics 148: Dallas. ";"Thiesen, Wesley and David Weber";" A Grammar of Bora with Special Attention to Tone";2012;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Boran > bora1263";;
"awac1239";"Awa-Cuaiquer";-78,16457;1,31096;;"DUẼNAS, Rocío Calvache 2000";"DUẼNAS, Rocío Calvache 2000";"missing";"missing";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Barbacoan > Unclassified Barbacoan > awac1239";;
"inga1252";"Inga";-76,73484;1,45033;;"Levinsohn, Stephen H. and Tandioy J., Francisco. 2000. Inga. In María Stella González de Pérez and María Luisa Rodríguez de Montes (eds.), Lenguas indígenas de Colombia: una visión descriptiva, 121-34. Bogotá: Instituto Caro y Cuervo.";"Levinsohn, Stephen H";", Francisco";" and Tandioy J";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Quechuan > Quechua II > Quechua IIB > Colombia-Ecuador Quechua IIB > Ingan Quechua IIB > inga1252";;
"cari1279";"Carijona";-72,05823;1,20887;;"Moreno, Camilo Alberto Robayo. 2000. Avance Sobre Morfología Carijona. In Nuñez, Lui Fernando García. Lenguas Indígenas de Columbia: Una visión descriptiva. Instituto Caro y Cuervo Santafé de Bogotá. 171-180.";"Moreno, Camilo Alberto Robayo";" Avance Sobre Morfología Carijona";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Cariban > Guianan > Taranoan > cari1279";;
"sion1247";"Siona";-75,84228;0,29838;;"Wheeler, Alva. 2000. La Lengua Siona. González de Pérez, María Stella, and María Luisa Rodríguez de Montes (eds.). Lenguas indígenas de Colombia: una visión descriptiva. Instituto Caro y Cuervo: Bogota.";"Wheeler, Alva";" La Lengua Siona";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tucanoan > Western Tucanoan > Maijiki-Siona > Coreguaje-Siona > Siona-Secoya > sion1247";;
"ocai1244";"Ocaina";-71,57768;-2,79669;;"ROSSELLI, Carlos Patiño. Reseña bibliográfica del ocaina. 2000";"ROSSELLI, Carlos Patiño";2000;" Reseña bibliográfica del ocaina";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Huitotoan > Nonuya-Ocaina > ocai1244";;
"muin1242";"Muinane";-72,428;-0,87196;"Prefixed forms are added to the noun";"J. Walton and G. Hensarling and M. R. Maxwell. 2000. El Muinane. In González de Pérez, María Stella and Rodríguez de Montes, María Luisa (eds.), Lenguas indígenas de Colombia: una visión descriptiva, 255-274. Santafé de Bogotá: Instituto Caro y Cuervo.";"J";" Hensarling and M";" Walton and G";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Boran > muin1242";;
"siri1274";"Siriano";-70,44107;0,79306;;"Criswell, Linda and Beverly Brandrup. 2000. Un bosquejo fonológico y grammatical del Siriano. Lenguas indígenas de Colombia: una visión descriptiva. González de Pérez, María Stella and María Luisa Rodríguez de Montes (eds.). Un bosquejo fonológico y grammatical del Siriano. Instituto Caro y Cuervo: Bogota.";"Criswell, Linda and Beverly Brandrup";" Un bosquejo fonológico y grammatical del Siriano";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tucanoan > Eastern Tucanoan > Western Eastern Tucanoan > Cubeo-Desano > Yupua-Siriano-Desano > Siriano-Desano > siri1274";;
"tuyu1244";"Tuyuca";-70,1187;0,53311;;"Janet Barnes and Terrell Malone. El Tuyuca. 2000";"Janet Barnes and Terrell Malone";2000;" El Tuyuca";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tucanoan > Eastern Tucanoan > Eastern Eastern Tucanoan > Eastern Eastern Tucanoan II > Pisamira-Yuruti > Tuyuca-Yuruti > tuyu1244";;
"yuru1263";"Yurutí";-70,40778;0,9469;;"KINCH, Rodney & KINCH, Pamela. El Yurutí. 2000";"KINCH, Rodney & KINCH, Pamela";2000;" El Yurutí";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tucanoan > Eastern Tucanoan > Eastern Eastern Tucanoan > Eastern Eastern Tucanoan II > Pisamira-Yuruti > Tuyuca-Yuruti > yuru1263";;
"maca1259";"Macaguán";-71,2754;6,34045;;"Miguel Lobo-Guerrero and Xochitl Herrera. 2000. El Jitnu del medrio rio Ele. In González de Pérez, María Stella and Rodríguez de Montes, María Luisa (eds.), Lenguas indígenas de Colombia: una visión descriptiva, 611-624. Santafé de Bogotá: Instituto Caro y Cuervo.";"Miguel Lobo-Guerrero and Xochitl Herrera";" El Jitnu del medrio rio Ele";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Guahiboan > maca1259";;
"acha1250";"Achagua";-72,19655;4,37393;;"Miguel Ángel Meléndez Lozano 2000. Esbozo grammatical de la lengua achagua";"Miguel Ángel Meléndez Lozano 2000";"missing";" Esbozo grammatical de la lengua achagua";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Inland Northern Maipuran > Japura-Colombia > Nuclear Japura-Colombia > Piapoco-Achagua > acha1250";;
"curr1243";"Curripaco";-68,5902;2,52923;;"Mosonyi, Esteban Emilio. 2000. Breve Caracterización conjunta de las lenguas Curripaco y Piapoco. In García Nuñez, Luis Fernando (ed.). Lenguas Indigenas de Colombia: Una Visíon Descriptiva. Instituto Caro y Cuervo: Santafe e Bogotá. 641-656.";"Mosonyi, Esteban Emilio";" Breve Caracterización conjunta de las lenguas Curripaco y Piapoco";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Inland Northern Maipuran > Japura-Colombia > Nuclear Japura-Colombia > Baniwa-Curripaco-Tariano > Baniwa-Curripaco > curr1243";;
"piap1246";"Piapoco";-69,57433;3,96642;;"Mosonyi, Esteban Emilio. 2000. Breve Caracterización conjunta de las lenguas Curripaco y Piapoco. In García Nuñez, Luis Fernando (ed.). Lenguas Indigenas de Colombia: Una Visíon Descriptiva. Instituto Caro y Cuervo: Santafe e Bogotá. 641-656.";"Mosonyi, Esteban Emilio";" Breve Caracterización conjunta de las lenguas Curripaco y Piapoco";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Inland Northern Maipuran > Japura-Colombia > Nuclear Japura-Colombia > Piapoco-Achagua > piap1246";;
"piar1243";"Piaroa";-66,68582;4,76169;"The alternation in the possessive prefixes is phonologically conditioned by the possessed stem.";"Esteban Emilio Mosonyi 2000. Elementos gramaticales del idioma Piaroa. In García Nuñez, Luis Fernando (ed.). Lenguas Indigenas de Colombia: Una Visíon Descriptiva. Instituto Caro y Cuervo: Santafe e Bogotá. 657-668.";"Esteban Emilio Mosonyi 2000";" In García Nuñez, Luis Fernando (ed";" Elementos gramaticales del idioma Piaroa";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Jodi-Saliban > Saliban > Maco-Piaroa > piar1243";;
"wayu1243";"Wayuu";-72,27502;11,59319;;"Richard Mansen and David Captain 2000. El Idioma Wayuu (o Guajiro)";"Richard Mansen and David Captain 2000";"missing";" El Idioma Wayuu (o Guajiro)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Caribbean Arawakan > Guajiro-Paraujano > wayu1243";;
"bare1276";"Baré";-66,82799;1,91649;;"Henri Ramirez 2001. Línguas Arawak da Amazônia Setentrional";"Henri Ramirez 2001";"missing";" Línguas Arawak da Amazônia Setentrional";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Inland Northern Maipuran > Alto Negro > bare1276";;
"embe1259";"Emberá-Baudó";-77,14491;5,27747;;"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L. (1993). Dialectología chocó";"Pardo Rojas, Mauricio y Aguirre, Daniel L";" Dialectología chocó";-1993;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Chocoan > Embera > Atrato > Panama-Baudo-Atrato > embe1259";;
"nade1244";"Nadëb";-66,42033;-1,32214;;"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps. 2009. Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia. Paper presented at the Conference on Indigenous Languages of Latin America IV. University of Texas: Austin.";"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps";" Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nadahup > nade1244";;
"daww1239";"Dâw";-67,30395;-0,12024;"The only possessive pronominal form in the paper is the form wíʔ- for first person singular. Possession is said to have the order Possessor Possessed, with the possessor taking the suffix -ɛ̃y.";"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps. 2009. Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia. Paper presented at the Conference on Indigenous Languages of Latin America IV. University of Texas: Austin.";"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps";" Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nadahup > Eastern Nadahup > daww1239";;
"yuhu1238";"Yuhup";-69,80838;0,24926;;"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps. 2009. Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia. Paper presented at the Conference on Indigenous Languages of Latin America IV. University of Texas: Austin.";"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps";" Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nadahup > Eastern Nadahup > Hup-Yuhup > yuhu1238";;
"hupd1244";"Hupdë";-69,98387;0,46252;"No information is provided in the source as to where or how the pronouns are used.";"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps. 2009. Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia. Paper presented at the Conference on Indigenous Languages of Latin America IV. University of Texas: Austin.";"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps";" Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nadahup > Eastern Nadahup > Hup-Yuhup > hupd1244";;
"cacu1241";"Kakua";-69,9478;1,10789;"While the structure of possessive constructions is identified as being Possessor-iʔ Possessed, no separate pronominal forms were provided for possessors.";"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps. 2009. Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia. Paper presented at the Conference on Indigenous Languages of Latin America IV. University of Texas: Austin.";"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps";" Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Kakua-Nukak > cacu1241";;
"nuka1242";"Nukak Makú";-71,426;2,62437;;"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps. 2009. Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia. Paper presented at the Conference on Indigenous Languages of Latin America IV. University of Texas: Austin.";"Katherine Bolaños and Patience Epps";" Linguistic classification of Kakua, a language of northwest Amazonia";2009;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Kakua-Nukak > nuka1242";;
"yucu1253";"Yucuna";-69,68513;-1,28907;"Most nouns that begin with ja- / heh / ji- lose this syllable in form to indicate possession. ";"Yukuna, Eladio and Yukuna, Walter and Schauer, Stanley and Schauer, Junia G. 2005. Meke kemakánaka puráka\textraiseglotstop{}aloji: wapura\textraiseglotstop{}akó chu, eyá karíwana chu (Diccionario bilingüe: Yukuna - Español, Español - Yukuna).";"Yukuna, Eladio and Yukuna, Walter and Schauer, Stanley and Schauer, Junia G";" Meke kemakánaka puráka\textraiseglotstop{}aloji: wapura\textraiseglotstop{}akó chu, eyá karíwana chu (Diccionario bilingüe: Yukuna - Español, Español - Yukuna)";2005;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Inland Northern Maipuran > Japura-Colombia > Nuclear Japura-Colombia > Yucunic > yucu1253";;
"colo1256";"Tsafiki";-79,23386;-0,20918;"in is a speaker's proximity mark and emphatically, ya is a speaker's proximity mark but not an emphatically, jun and jaa are distal forms. The possessor comes before the possessed. čike/ če are feminine form of the 1st person dual and plural.";"Connie Dickinson 2002. Complex Predicates in Tsafiki. Doctoral Dissertation. University of Oregon.";"Connie Dickinson 2002";" Doctoral Dissertation";" Complex Predicates in Tsafiki";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Barbacoan > Cayapa-Colorado > colo1256";;
"muru1274";"Murui Huitoto";-73,74624;-1,61256;;"Gabriele Petersen de Pinẽros and Carlos Patiño Rosselli. 2000. El Idioma Uitoto. In González de Pérez, María Stella and Rodríguez de Montes, María Luisa (eds.), Lenguas indígenas de Colombia: una visión descriptiva, 219-238. Santafé de Bogotá: Instituto Caro y Cuervo.";"Gabriele Petersen de Pinẽros and Carlos Patiño Rosselli";" El Idioma Uitoto";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Huitotoan > Nuclear Witotoan > Minica-Murui > muru1274";;
"guan1269";"Kotiria";-69,46299;1,07648;;"Waltz, Nathan E. and Carolyn Waltz. 2000. El Wanano. In González de Pérez, María Stella and Rodríguez de Montes, María Luisa (eds.), Lenguas indígenas de Colombia: una visión descriptiva, 453-468. Santafé de Bogotá: Instituto Caro y Cuervo.";"Waltz, Nathan E";2000;" and Carolyn Waltz";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tucanoan > Eastern Tucanoan > Eastern Eastern Tucanoan > Eastern Eastern Tucanoan II > Kotiria-Piratapuyo > guan1269";;
"tini1245";"Tinigua";-73,768;2,716;;"Ortiz, Nubia Tobar. 2000. La Lengua Tinigua: Anotaciones fonológicas y morfológicas. In González de Pérez, María Stella and Rodríguez de Montes, María Luisa (eds.), Lenguas indígenas de Colombia: una visión descriptiva, 669-679. Santafé de Bogotá: Instituto Caro y Cuervo.";"Ortiz, Nubia Tobar";" La Lengua Tinigua: Anotaciones fonológicas y morfológicas";2000;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"tini1245: no Classification";;
"cabi1241";"Cabiyarí";-71,05382;0,16159;"The possessed pronoun is prefixed to the possessed noun";"Henri Ramirez 2001. Línguas Arawak da Amazônia Setentrional: Comparação e Descrição. Edua: Manaus.";"Henri Ramirez 2001";" Edua: Manaus";" Línguas Arawak da Amazônia Setentrional: Comparação e Descrição";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Inland Northern Maipuran > Japura-Colombia > Nuclear Japura-Colombia > cabi1241";;
"chac1249";"Chachi";-79,22219;0,68967;;"Floyd, Simeon Isaac 2010. Discourse Forms and Social Categorization in Cha'palaa. PhD Dissertation. The University of Texas at Austin.";"Floyd, Simeon Isaac 2010";" PhD Dissertation";" Discourse Forms and Social Categorization in Cha'palaa";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Barbacoan > Cayapa-Colorado > chac1249";;
"yukp1241";"Yukpa";-73,14168;9,77393;"-rɨ possessive suffix has the variant -ri. -rshi comes from yemarshi, and the yema- is isolated because it is a redudancy. The possession prefix (ki- and -yi) refers to attributive meaning and the prefix t- suggests a reflexive possession.";"Niño Segovia, Elena 1999. Aspectos de la morfología del yukpa";"Niño Segovia, Elena 1999";"missing";" Aspectos de la morfología del yukpa";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Cariban > Opon-Yukpan > Yukpan > yukp1241";;
"guah1255";"Guahibo";-69,77546;4,74006;;"Francisco Queixalós 2000. Syntaxe Sikuani (Colombie)";"Francisco Queixalós 2000";"missing";" Syntaxe Sikuani (Colombie)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Guahiboan > Guahibo-Cuiva > Guahibo-Playero > guah1255";;
"guay1257";"Guayabero";-71,75685;2,96199;;"Tobar Ortiz, Nubia 1989. Sintagma nominal en la lengua guayabero ";"Tobar Ortiz, Nubia 1989";"missing";" Sintagma nominal en la lengua guayabero ";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Guahiboan > guay1257";;
"cams1241";"Camsá";-76,88247;1,1475;"The possessive pronoun is sufixed to the possessor. The order is possessor-possessed.";"Juajibioy Chindoy, Alberto 1962. Letrënga kamntxañe mochanjuinyna. Breve Estudio preliminar del grupo Aborigen de Sibundoy y su lengua Kamsa en el sur de Colombia";"Juajibioy Chindoy, Alberto 1962";" Breve Estudio preliminar del grupo Aborigen de Sibundoy y su lengua Kamsa en el sur de Colombia";" Letrënga kamntxañe mochanjuinyna";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"cams1241: no Classification";;
"resi1247";"Resígaro";-71,36511;-2,45479;"Another material analyzed was from Allin (1976), in which there are some differences on plural forms.";"Henri Ramirez 2001. Línguas Arawak da Amazônia Setentrional";"Henri Ramirez 2001";"missing";" Línguas Arawak da Amazônia Setentrional";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Inland Northern Maipuran > Japura-Colombia > resi1247";;
"mand1448";"Mandahuaca";-66,80437;1,94686;;"Henri Ramirez 2001. Línguas Arawak da Amazônia Setentrional: Comparação e Descrição. Edua: Manaus.";"Henri Ramirez 2001";" Edua: Manaus";" Línguas Arawak da Amazônia Setentrional: Comparação e Descrição";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Arawakan > Northern Maipuran > Inland Northern Maipuran > Japura-Colombia > Nuclear Japura-Colombia > Warekena-Mandahuaca > mand1448";;
"guam1248";"Guambiano";-76,57847;2,55142;;"Vásquez de Ruiz, Beatriz 1988. La predicación en guambiano. Lenguas Aborigenes de Colombia. Descripciones: 2. Colciencieas Universidad de los Andes, C.N.R.Sde Francia.";"Vásquez de Ruiz, Beatriz 1988";" Lenguas Aborigenes de Colombia";" La predicación en guambiano";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Barbacoan > Coconucan > guam1248";;
"sali1298";"Sáliba";-71,25491;4,85971;;"Rosés Labrada, J.E. (accepted). Jodï and the Sáliban languages. International Journal of American Linguistics";"Rosés Labrada, J";" (accepted)";"E";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Jodi-Saliban > Saliban > sali1298";;
"maco1239";"Maco";-66,56645;4,53397;;"Rosés Labrada, J.E. (accepted). Jodï and the Sáliban languages. International Journal of American Linguistics";"Rosés Labrada, J";" (accepted)";"E";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Jodi-Saliban > Saliban > Maco-Piaroa > maco1239";;
"yuwa1244";"Yuwana";-65,39914;5,76636;;"Rosés Labrada, J.E. (accepted). Jodï and the Sáliban languages. International Journal of American Linguistics";"Rosés Labrada, J";" (accepted)";"E";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Jodi-Saliban > yuwa1244";;
"tuca1252";"Tucano";-69,16109;0,52655;;"Henri Ramirez 1997. A Fala Tukano dos Ye'pâ-Masa. Tomo1 Gramática. Inspectoria Salesiana Missionária da Amazônia: CEDEM.";"Henri Ramirez 1997";" Tomo1 Gramática";" A Fala Tukano dos Ye'pâ-Masa";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tucanoan > Eastern Tucanoan > Eastern Eastern Tucanoan > Eastern Eastern Tucanoan I > tuca1252";;
"paez1247";"Páez";-76,32485;2,60491;;"Jung, Ingrid 2008. Gramática del páez o nasa yuwe: descripción de una lengua indígena de Colombia. Lincom Eropa.";"Jung, Ingrid 2008";" Lincom Eropa";" Gramática del páez o nasa yuwe: descripción de una lengua indígena de Colombia";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"paez1247: no Classification";;
"shon1251";"Shona";30,6472;-18,29002;;"Fortune, George. (1955) An analytical grammar of Shona. London/Cape Town/New York: Longmans and Green.";"Fortune, George";" London/Cape Town/New York: Longmans and Green";" (1955) An analytical grammar of Shona";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > East Bantu > Shona (S.10) > Core Shona > Plateau Shona > Central Shona > shon1251";;
"nucl1417";"Igbo";7,25294;5,90517;"eight vowel system, vowels are transcribed according to IPA. o = mid-high back rounded vowel, e = mid-high front vowel. /ɛ/ and /ɔ/ don't occur in the pronouns";"Emenanjo, Nulue E. (1987) Elements of Modern Igbo Grammar. Ibadan: University Press Limited.";"Emenanjo, Nulue E";" Ibadan: University Press Limited";" (1987) Elements of Modern Igbo Grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Igboid > Nuclear Igboid > nucl1417";;
"zulu1248";"Zulu";30,33179;-28,01671;;"Doke, Clement Martyn. (1927) Textbook of Zulu grammar. 6th edn. Johannesburg: Maskew Miller Longman.";"Doke, Clement Martyn";" 6th edn";" (1927) Textbook of Zulu grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > East Bantu > Southern Bantu-Makua > Nguni-Tsonga > Nguni (S.40) > Southern Ndebele-Lowland > Zulu-Xhosa > zulu1248";;
"bala1301";"Balanta-Kentohe";-15,22468;12,12172;;"Wilson, W. A. A. (1961) Outline of the Balanta Language. African Language Studies 2. 139-168.";"Wilson, W";" A";" A";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > Central Atlantic > Bak > Balanta > bala1301";;
"bidy1244";"Bijago";-16,15146;11,09666;;"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > Central Atlantic > Bijogo > bidy1244";;
"west2450";"West-Central Limba";-12,30139;9,49225;;"Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter. (1962/1963) Abriss einer Lautlehre des Limba. Archiv für Völkerkunde 17/18. 161-178.";"Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter";" Archiv für Völkerkunde 17/18";" (1962/1963) Abriss einer Lautlehre des Limba";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Limba > west2450";;
"timn1235";"Themne";-12,43376;8,7431;"A/S forms are disjunctives (used for emphasis), these can also be (emphasised) O forms. Subjects are indexed with prefixes.";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Mel > Northern Mel > timn1235";;
"baga1272";"Baga Sitemu";-14,46944;10,50008;"A/S forms are disjunctives (used for emphasis), these can also be (emphasised) O forms. Subjects are indexed with prefixes. Baga Sitemu has multiple genders, but the source does not give pronouns for the non-animates, so I've left these cells empty.";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Mel > Northern Mel > baga1272";;
"nalu1240";"Nalu";-14,79481;11,11216;"A/S forms are disjunctives, subject usually indexed with prefix For 3SG the disjunctive and genitive forms are for animates, the inanimates are not known.";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Naluic > nalu1240";;
"mans1259";"Sua";-15,1738;12,29139;"A/S forms given are disjunctives";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > mans1259";;
"jola1262";"Jola-Kasa";-16,52647;12,52759;"A/S/O forms given are the disjunctives, there are also bound O forms which are identical to the possessives.";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > Central Atlantic > Bak > Joola-Manjaku > Jola > FH-Jola > jola1262";;
"kuwa1246";"Kuwaataay";-16,75023;12,48577;"the A/S/O forms are disjunctives, there are also bound forms identical to the possessive forms.";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > Central Atlantic > Bak > Joola-Manjaku > Jola > FH-Jola > PF-Jola > Kwatay-Karon-Mlomp > kuwa1246";;
"kasa1248";"Cassanga";-15,93867;12,41807;"The A/S forms I've entered are disjunctives";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Nyun > Buy > kasa1248";;
"kobi1241";"Cobiana";-16,04952;12,43226;"The A/S forms I've entered are disjunctives";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Nyun > Buy > kobi1241";;
"bain1259";"Banhum";-16,05858;12,31277;"The A/S forms I've entered are disjunctives";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Nyun > Bainounk > bain1259";;
"biaf1240";"Biafada";-15,18201;11,50166;"A/S/O forms are disjunctives.";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Tenda-Jaad > Jaad > biaf1240";;
"bady1239";"Pajade";-13,34735;12,63286;"A/S/O forms are disjunctives. Incomplete genitive paradigm (only singulars) in source";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Tenda-Jaad > Jaad > bady1239";;
"wame1240";"Konyagi";-13,09134;12,6532;"A/S/O forms are disjunctives. The nasal flap is transcribed [ ɾ̃ ], as according to apparent IPA conventions";"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Tenda-Jaad > Tenda > wame1240";;
"bedi1235";"Tanda";-12,48465;12,75241;;"Wilson, William André Auquier. (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12). Frankfurt am Main: Lang.";"Wilson, William André Auquier";" Frankfurt am Main: Lang";" (2007) Guinea Languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification (Schriften zur Afrikanistik 12)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Tenda-Jaad > Tenda > Bassari-Bedik-Bapen > Bedik-Bapen > bedi1235";;
"karo1294";"Karon";-16,71388;12,82017;"A/S/O forms are disjunctives.";"Wilson, W. A. A. (1961) Outline of the Balanta Language. African Language Studies 2. 139-168.";"Wilson, W";" A";" A";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > Central Atlantic > Bak > Joola-Manjaku > Jola > FH-Jola > PF-Jola > Kwatay-Karon-Mlomp > Karon-Mlomp > karo1294";;
"kupa1239";"Kupang Malay";123,74053;-10,27217;;"Jacob, June and Charles Grimes. (2006) Developing a role for Kupang Malay: the contemporary politics of an eastern Indonesian creole. Paper presented by June Jacob at the 10th International Conference on Austronesian Linguistics held in Puerto Princesa. Palawan, Philippines, January 2006.";"Jacob, June and Charles Grimes";" Paper presented by June Jacob at the 10th International Conference on Austronesian Linguistics held in Puerto Princesa";" (2006) Developing a role for Kupang Malay: the contemporary politics of an eastern Indonesian creole";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Vehicular Malay > Eastern Indonesia Trade Malay > kupa1239";;
"ndut1239";"Ndut";-16,99341;14,90863;"Note that no gender distinctions are made in the pronominal system (Morgan 1996:25)";"Morgan, Daniel R. (1996) Overview of Grammatical Structures of Ndut: A Cangin Language of Senegal. University of Texas at Arlington MA thesis.";"Morgan, Daniel R";" University of Texas at Arlington MA thesis";" (1996) Overview of Grammatical Structures of Ndut: A Cangin Language of Senegal";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Cangin > Palor-Ndut > ndut1239";;
"nucl1347";"Wolof";-16,0959;15,26163;"No gender in 3rd person pronouns.";"Ngom, Fallou. (2003) Wolof (Languages of the World/Materials 333). München: Lincom.";"Ngom, Fallou";" München: Lincom";" (2003) Wolof (Languages of the World/Materials 333)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Wolofic > nucl1347";;
"enge1239";"Engenni";6,37292;5,15636;"1SG O and 2SG O are described as enclitics/suffixes used instead.";"Thomas, Elaine. (1978) A grammatical description of the Engenni language (Summer Institute of Linguistics Publications in Linguistics 60). Dallas, Tex.: Summer Institute of Linguistics.";"Thomas, Elaine";" Dallas, Tex";" (1978) A grammatical description of the Engenni language (Summer Institute of Linguistics Publications in Linguistics 60)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Akpes-Edoid > Edoid > Delta Edoid > Degema-Engenni > enge1239";;
"dalo1238";"Daloa Bété";-6,58283;6,81922;"tones represented with tone bars. initial tones of O forms apply to the verb to which the form attaches. (The O forms are a bit confusing for me, might be good for a French speaker to check the source regarding them, page 52)";"Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond. (2004) Parlons bété: une langue de Côte d'Ivoire. Paris: L'Harmattan.";"Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond";" Paris: L'Harmattan";" (2004) Parlons bété: une langue de Côte d'Ivoire";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kru > Eastern Kru > Beteic > Western Bete > dalo1238";;
"sout2826";"Southern Grebo";-7,70036;4,52032;"Tones represented by tone bars. Indicative A/S pronouns given (these aren't analysed suffixes) 2SG A/S is marked by absence of a pronoun.";"Innes, Gordon. (1966) An Introduction to Grebo. School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London";"Innes, Gordon";" School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London";" (1966) An Introduction to Grebo";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kru > Western Kru > Grebo > Liberian Grebo > sout2826";;
"egaa1242";"Ega";-5,41755;5,56026;"Tones represented with bars, the possessive forms consist of a consonantal prefix and floating tone which attached to the possessum. I can't find a 3SG gender possessive form.";"Bolé-Richard, Rémy. (1983) L'éga. In Georges Hérault (ed.), Atlas des langues kwa de Cote d'Ivoire volume 1, 359-401. Abidjan & Paris: Institut de Linguistique Appliquée (ILA), Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT).";"Bolé-Richard, Rémy";" In Georges Hérault (ed";" (1983) L'éga";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > egaa1242";;
"ewee1241";"Ewe";0,5636;6,35974;;"Ameka, Felix K. (1991) Ewe: its grammatical constructions and illucutionary devices. Australian National University doctoral dissertation.";"Ameka, Felix K";" Australian National University doctoral dissertation";" (1991) Ewe: its grammatical constructions and illucutionary devices";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Gbe > Western Gbe > ewee1241";;
"ajab1235";"Aja";1,76127;6,97793;"The possessive pronouns presented here are the most commonly used of the alienable possessive pronouns. The inalienable paradigm consists of free pronouns also. There are 2 A, S and O paradigms: 1. free forms, 2. clitics. The free forms have been entered here. ";"Morley, Eric A. (2010) A Grammar of Ajagbe (Languages of the World/Materials 480). München: Lincom.";"Morley, Eric A";" München: Lincom";" (2010) A Grammar of Ajagbe (Languages of the World/Materials 480)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Gbe > ajab1235";;
"tafi1243";"Tafi";0,39798;6,78766;108;"Bobuafor, Mercy. (2013) A Grammar of Tafi. Universiteit Leiden doctoral dissertation.";"Bobuafor, Mercy";" Universiteit Leiden doctoral dissertation";" (2013) A Grammar of Tafi";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Ka-Togo > Avatime-Nyangbo > Nyangbo-Tafi > tafi1243";;
"akeb1238";"Akebu";0,78206;7,78936;"All poss. forms (except 1SG) are listed with alternative forms in which schwa is replaced with /a/. These alternative forms are given in brackets. No possessive for 3SG gender 2 is given.";"Wolf, Frans. (1907) Grammatik des Kögbörikö (Togo). Anthropos 2. 422-437, 795-820.";"Wolf, Frans";" Anthropos 2";" (1907) Grammatik des Kögbörikö (Togo)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Ka-Togo > Kebu-Animere > akeb1238";;
"tuwu1238";"Tuwuli";0,38772;7,30524;;"Harley, Matthew W. (2005) A descriptive grammar of Tuwuli, a Kwa language of Ghana. School of Oriental and African Studies doctoral dissertation.";"Harley, Matthew W";" School of Oriental and African Studies doctoral dissertation";" (2005) A descriptive grammar of Tuwuli, a Kwa language of Ghana";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Ka-Togo > Kposo-Ahlo-Bowili > tuwu1238";;
"adio1239";"Adioukrou";-4,52543;5,37818;"The A/S forms given here are those used as determinants of a determinative and phrase in apposition O forms are suffixes, with the exception of 3SG inanimate.";"Hérault, Georges. (1978) Eléments de grammaire adioukrou (Publ. de l'ILA (Inst. de Linguistique Appliquée) 69). Abidjan: ILA, Univ. d'Abidjan.";"Hérault, Georges";" de l'ILA (Inst";" (1978) Eléments de grammaire adioukrou (Publ";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Nyo > Agneby > adio1239";;
"atti1239";"Attié";-3,79458;6,00864;"Tone given with bars to avoid complex diacritics";"Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] & Elizabeth Hood. (1983) L'Attié. In Georges Hérault (ed.), Atlas des langues kwa de Cote d'Ivoire volume 1, 227-253. Abidjan & Paris: Institut de Linguistique Appliquée (ILA), Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT).";"Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] & Elizabeth Hood";" In Georges Hérault (ed";" (1983) L'Attié";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Nyo > atti1239";;
"alla1248";"Alladian";-4,41518;5,22395;"A/S pronouns have ATR harmony, only one form given here. ";"Duponchel, Laurent & Gnamba Bertin Mel. (1983) L'alladian. In Georges Hérault (ed.), Atlas des langues kwa de Cote d'Ivoire volume 1, 181-225. Abidjan & Paris: Inst. de Linguistique Appliquée (ILA), Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT).";"Duponchel, Laurent & Gnamba Bertin Mel";" In Georges Hérault (ed";" (1983) L'alladian";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Nyo > Avikam-Alladian > alla1248";;
"gaaa1244";"Ga";-0,18106;5,69633;;"Kropp Dakubu, Mary E. (1976) West African Language Data Sheets: Volume 1. West African Linguistic Society. ";"Kropp Dakubu, Mary E";" West African Linguistic Society";" (1976) West African Language Data Sheets: Volume 1";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Ga-Dangme > gaaa1244";;
"mbat1247";"Mbato";-3,6923;5,36076;"There are two series of A/S pronouns with different tones to express different TAM values, I've entered the first series with high tone (perfect[ive]) Série I, high tone = pour l'accompli et le prohibitif Série I, LH tone = pour l'accompli négatif Série II, L tone = pour le porgressif Série II, H tone = pour l'habituel, le futur 2, le futur négatif Série II, LH tone = pour le futur 1 Série II, M tone = pour l'injonctif";"Grassias, Alain & Rémy Bolé-Richard. (1983) Le M'Batto (Ngula). In Georges Hérault (ed.), Atlas des langues kwa de Cote d'Ivoire volume 1, 465-506. 2nd edn. Abidjan & Paris: Institut de Linguistique Appliquée (ILA), Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT).";"Grassias, Alain & Rémy Bolé-Richard";" In Georges Hérault (ed";" (1983) Le M'Batto (Ngula)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Nyo > Potou-Tano > Potou > mbat1247";;
"lele1264";"Lelemi";0,52633;7,33547;"acute = high grave = low no diacritic = mid";"Allan, Edward Jay. (1973) A grammar of Buem, the Lelemi language. Society of Oriental and African Studies doctoral dissertation.";"Allan, Edward Jay";" Society of Oriental and African Studies doctoral dissertation";" (1973) A grammar of Buem, the Lelemi language";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Na-Togo > Lelemic > Lelemi-Akpafu > lele1264";;
"logb1245";"Logba";0,43527;6,92556;"A/S/Poss. forms are independent. O forms are enclitics. No gender distinctions in O-forms.";"Dorvlo, Kofi. (2008) A Grammar of Logba (Ikpana). Universiteit Leiden doctoral dissertation.";"Dorvlo, Kofi";" Universiteit Leiden doctoral dissertation";" (2008) A Grammar of Logba (Ikpana)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Na-Togo > logb1245";;
"akan1250";"Akan";-1,24507;6,53399;;"Christaller, Johann Gottlieb. (1875) Grammar of the Asante and Fante Language called Tschi [Chwee, Tw̌i]. Basel: Basel Evangelian Missionary Society.";"Christaller, Johann Gottlieb";" Basel: Basel Evangelian Missionary Society";" (1875) Grammar of the Asante and Fante Language called Tschi [Chwee, Tw̌i]";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Nyo > Potou-Tano > Tano > Central Tano > Akanic > akan1250";;
"nawu1242";"Nawuri";0,06152;8,46181;"N represents nasal consonant homorganic with following consonant.";"Sherwood, Barbara. (1982) A grammatical description of Nawuri. Society of Oriental and African Studies doctoral dissertation.";"Sherwood, Barbara";" Society of Oriental and African Studies doctoral dissertation";" (1982) A grammatical description of Nawuri";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Nyo > Potou-Tano > Tano > Guang > North Guang > Oti North Guang > Mountain Oti North Guang > nawu1242";;
"krob1245";"Krobu";-4,49674;5,8495;;"Mensah, Emmanuel N.A. (1983) Le Krobou. In Georges Hérault (ed.), Atlas des langues kwa de Cote d'Ivoire volume 1, 425-463. Abidjan & Paris: Inst. de Linguistique Appliquée (ILA), Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT).";"Mensah, Emmanuel N";" (1983) Le Krobou";"A";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Nyo > Potou-Tano > Tano > krob1245";;
"abur1243";"Abure";-3,57686;5,2666;;"Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1983) L'Abouré. In Georges Hérault (ed.), Atlas des langues kwa de Cote d'Ivoire volume 1, 67-81. Abidjan & Paris: Institut de Linguistique Appliquée (ILA), Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT).";"Burmeister, Jonathan L";" In Georges Hérault (ed";" (1983) L'Abouré";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kwa Volta-Congo > Nyo > Potou-Tano > Tano > Western Tano > abur1243";;
"bakw1243";"Bakwé";-6,57547;5,29517;"I can't find non-subject forms for the third person.";"Yepi, Babo Alexis. (2006) Bakυɛwaklüüa-pɔɔkυ = Dictionnaire Bakυɛwii - Gögbiiwii, Bakwé-Français. Meagui, Côte d'Ivoire: Centre de Traduction et d'Alphabétisation en langue Bakwé.";"Yepi, Babo Alexis";" Meagui, Côte d'Ivoire: Centre de Traduction et d'Alphabétisation en langue Bakwé";" (2006) Bakυɛwaklüüa-pɔɔkυ = Dictionnaire Bakυɛwii - Gögbiiwii, Bakwé-Français";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Kru > Eastern Kru > Bakwe-Wane > bakw1243";;
"band1345";"Banda-Ndélé";21,83532;7,90614;;"Sampson, Douglas L. (1997) The pronouns of Banda-Tangbago of Sudan. Occasional Papers in the Study of Sudanese Languages 7. 91-102.";"Sampson, Douglas L";" Occasional Papers in the Study of Sudanese Languages 7";" (1997) The pronouns of Banda-Tangbago of Sudan";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Cameroun-Ubangian > Ubangi > Bandaic > Central Bandaic > Central Core Bandaic > band1345";;
"gbay1281";"Gbaya-Mbodomo";14,34221;4,77766;"alienable possessive pronouns shown. Inalienable possessive pronouns are the same as the O series with the exception of wá for 3PL and only nɛ̀ for 3SG";"Boyd, Virginia L. (1997) A Phonology and Grammar of Mbódɔ́mɔ́. University of Texas at Arlington MA thesis. ";"Boyd, Virginia L";" University of Texas at Arlington MA thesis";" (1997) A Phonology and Grammar of Mbódɔ́mɔ́";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gbaya-Manza-Ngbaka > Gbaya Oriental > Mbodomo-Bofi > gbay1281";;
"nort2774";"Ngbandi";21,83952;3,81697;;"Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele. (1989) Description du Ngbandi. Université Libre du Bruxelles doctoral dissertation.";"Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele";" Université Libre du Bruxelles doctoral dissertation";" (1989) Description du Ngbandi";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Cameroun-Ubangian > Ubangi > Ngbandi-Mongoba-Kazibati > Ngbandic > Nuclear Ngbandic > nort2774";;
"mayo1261";"Mayogo";27,85174;2,88796;;"Sawka, Kenneth Stanley. (2001) Aspects of Mayogo grammar. University of Texas at Arlington MA thesis.";"Sawka, Kenneth Stanley";" University of Texas at Arlington MA thesis";" (2001) Aspects of Mayogo grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Cameroun-Ubangian > Ubangi > Sere-Ngbaka-Mba > Ngbaka-Mba > Mundu-Baka > Eastern Mundu-Baka > Mayogo-Bangba > mayo1261";;
"zand1248";"Zande";26,09473;4,11489;;"Gore, E. C. (1926) A Zande Grammar. London: Sheldon Press.";"Gore, E";" (1926) A Zande Grammar";" C";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Cameroun-Ubangian > Ubangi > Zandic > Zande-Nzakara > zand1248";;
"mamb1294";"Mambay";13,92979;9,51221;"1DL.INCL is paradigmatically singular (minimal/augmented system) Alienable free pronouns entered here. There are also bound inalienable forms.";"Anonby, Erik John. (2008) Phonology and Morphology of Mambay (Niger-Congo, Adamawa). Leiden University doctoral dissertation.";"Anonby, Erik John";" Leiden University doctoral dissertation";" (2008) Phonology and Morphology of Mambay (Niger-Congo, Adamawa)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Cameroun-Ubangian > Mbumic > Northern Mbum > Tupuri-Mundang-Mambai > mamb1294";;
"nucl1240";"Mumuye";11,69058;8,90091;;"Shimizu, Kiyoshi. (1983) The Zing Dialect of Mumuye: A Descriptive Grammar with a Mumuye-English Dictionary and an English-Mumuye index. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.";"Shimizu, Kiyoshi";" Hamburg: Helmut Buske";" (1983) The Zing Dialect of Mumuye: A Descriptive Grammar with a Mumuye-English Dictionary and an English-Mumuye index";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Cameroun-Ubangian > Central Adamawa > Mumuye-Yandang > Mumuyic > nucl1240";;
"diii1241";"Dii";14,01575;8,00336;"1DL.INCL paradigmatically singular (minimal/augmented system)";"Bohnhoff, Lee Edward. (2010) A description of Dii: Phonology, grammar, and discourse. Ngaoundéré, Cameroun: Dii Literature Team.";"Bohnhoff, Lee Edward";" Ngaoundéré, Cameroun: Dii Literature Team";" (2010) A description of Dii: Phonology, grammar, and discourse";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Cameroun-Ubangian > Central Adamawa > Samba Duru > Southern Samba Duru > Diic > diii1241";;
"kolb1240";"Kolbila";13,27025;8,27409;;"Littig, Sabine. (2009) Pronouns in Kolbila. Paper presented at WOCAL, August 2009, Cologne. ";"Littig, Sabine";" Paper presented at WOCAL, August 2009, Cologne";" (2009) Pronouns in Kolbila";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Cameroun-Ubangian > Central Adamawa > Samba Duru > Southern Samba Duru > Sambaic > kolb1240";;
"sout2782";"Fali";13,62491;9,4932;;"Ennulat, Juergen & Helene Ennulat. (1971) Outline of the Grammar of Fali: A language spoken in Northern Cameroun. Yaoundé: SIL.";"Ennulat, Juergen & Helene Ennulat";" Yaoundé: SIL";" (1971) Outline of the Grammar of Fali: A language spoken in Northern Cameroun";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Unclassified Volta-Congo > Adamawa Fali > sout2782";;
"tula1252";"Tula";11,50974;9,87233;;"Lukas, Johannes. (1955/1956) Grammar of the Tula Language (Northern Provinces, Nigeria). Afrika und Übersee XXXIX(3, 4). 101-118, 149-168.";"Lukas, Johannes";" Afrika und Übersee XXXIX(3, 4)";" (1955/1956) Grammar of the Tula Language (Northern Provinces, Nigeria)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Waja-Jen > Tula-Waja > Tulaic > Nuclear Tulaic > tula1252";;
"jams1239";"Dogon, Jamsay";-2,42634;14,49273;"alienable Poss. forms given. There is also an inalienable series, the members of which have the same sound segments as the O forms, with different tonal marking.";"Heath, Jeffrey. (2008) A grammar of Jamsay (Mouton Grammar Library 45). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.";"Heath, Jeffrey";" Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter";" (2008) A grammar of Jamsay (Mouton Grammar Library 45)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Dogon > Plains Dogon > jams1239";;
"buam1238";"Buamu";-3,71029;12,05962;"alienable poss. forms given, inalienable forms = O forms";"Morse, Mary Lynn Alice. (1976) A sketch of the phonology and morphology of Bobo (Upper Volta). University of New York doctoral dissertation.";"Morse, Mary Lynn Alice";" University of New York doctoral dissertation";" (1976) A sketch of the phonology and morphology of Bobo (Upper Volta)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > Bwamu-Oti-Volta > Bwamu > Nuclear Bwamu > buam1238";;
"makw1236";"Makwe";40,3543;-10,74818;;"Devos, Maud. (2008) A grammar of Makwe (LINCOM Studies in African linguistics 71). München: Lincom Europa.";"Devos, Maud";" München: Lincom Europa";" (2008) A grammar of Makwe (LINCOM Studies in African linguistics 71)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Narrow Bantu > East Bantu > Rufiji-Ruvuma > Ruvuma > Makonde-Makwe > makw1236";;
"maas1239";"Fulfulde, Maasina";-4,88543;14,03622;;"Breedveld, J.O. (1995) Form and meaning in Fulfulde: a morphophonological study of Maasinankore. 32. CNWS Publications: Leiden.";"Breedveld, J";" (1995) Form and meaning in Fulfulde: a morphophonological study of Maasinankore";"O";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > North-Central Atlantic > North Atlantic > Peul-Serer > Fula > Fula-West Central > maas1239";;
"konn1242";"Konni";-1,53798;10,23498;"ATR harmony, -ATR forms given";"Cahill, Michael S. (1999) Aspects of the Morphology and Phonology of Kɔnni. Ohio State University doctoral dissertation. ";"Cahill, Michael S";" Ohio State University doctoral dissertation";" (1999) Aspects of the Morphology and Phonology of Kɔnni";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > Bwamu-Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta > Buli-Koma > konn1242";;
"gour1243";"Gourmanchéma";0,92545;12,28977;"gender 1 = class 1 = human, gender 2 = class 3 = inanimate (only distinction is the inanimate form having optional yu fo O) The first and second person possessive is segmentally identical with the pronoun it replaces, and will have mid or high tone according to the tonal pattern occurring on the noun base + suffix follow. p74";"Beckett, Eleanor. (1974) A linguistic analysis of Gurma. University of British Columbia MA thesis.";"Beckett, Eleanor";" University of British Columbia MA thesis";" (1974) A linguistic analysis of Gurma";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > Bwamu-Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta > Nuclear Oti-Volta > Gurma-Yom-Oti-Volta Occidental > Gurma-Yom-Naudem > Gurma > Gurma B > Gourmantche-Moba > gour1243";;
"ngan1299";"Gangam";0,58969;10,23204;"tones with tone bars 3SG.GEND2 = inanimate";"Higdon, Lee M. (2001) An overview of Gangam grammar. Lomé, Togo: SIL Togo. ";"Higdon, Lee M";" Lomé, Togo: SIL Togo";" (2001) An overview of Gangam grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > Bwamu-Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta > Nuclear Oti-Volta > Gurma-Yom-Oti-Volta Occidental > Gurma-Yom-Naudem > Gurma > Gurma B > Konkomba-Gangam > ngan1299";;
"east2398";"Karaboro, Eastern";-4,52868;10,5196;;"Wichser, Magdalena. (1994) Description grammaticale du Kar: langue senoufo du Burkina Faso. Paris: Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes doctoral dissertation.";"Wichser, Magdalena";" Paris: Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes doctoral dissertation";" (1994) Description grammaticale du Kar: langue senoufo du Burkina Faso";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Senufo > Karaboro > east2398";;
"supy1237";"Sénoufo, Supyire";-5,84555;11,43749;"There are two sets of first and second person pronouns in Kampwo Supyire. One set is used mainly in declarative sentences. The other set is used only in non-declarative sentences such as commands, prohibitions, questions, blessings, vocatives and exclamations. p151 The declarative forms are presented here. For purposes of agreement, first and second person pronouns are in gender 1, which is semantically the gender of human beings. p153 Supyrie makes no formal distinction between third person pronouns and determiners. p155 In third person for each gender there are four basic pronoun forms: anaphoric, indefinite/partitive, identifier and deictic identifier. p155 The anaphoric forms for genders 1 & 2 in the singular and gender 1 for plural are provided here.";"Carlson, Robert. (1994) A Grammar of Supyire (Mouton Grammar Library 14). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.";"Carlson, Robert";" Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter";" (1994) A Grammar of Supyire (Mouton Grammar Library 14)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Senufo > North Senufo > Supyiric > supy1237";;
"viem1243";"Viemo";-3,83443;10,84058;"In one place the 3SG.GEND1 O form is transcribed /wɔ/ in others /wo/";"Prost, André. (1979) Le Viemo: langue des Vievɔ dits Viguié (Documents Linguistiques 23). Dakar: Publications de Département de Linguistique Générale et Linguistique Africaine de la Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaine de l'Université de Dakar.";"Prost, André";" Dakar: Publications de Département de Linguistique Générale et Linguistique Africaine de la Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaine de l'Université de Dakar";" (1979) Le Viemo: langue des Vievɔ dits Viguié (Documents Linguistiques 23)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > viem1243";;
"nort2787";"Toussian, Northern";-4,81907;11,15321;;"Zaugg-Coretti, Silvia. (2005) Le syntagme nominal en Toussian du nord (langue voltaïque du Burkina Faso). Universität Zürich MA thesis.";"Zaugg-Coretti, Silvia";" Universität Zürich MA thesis";" (2005) Le syntagme nominal en Toussian du nord (langue voltaïque du Burkina Faso)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Tusia > nort2787";;
"tief1242";"Tiéfo";-4,52615;10,7184;;"Winkelmann, Kerstin. (1998) Die Sprache der Cɛfɔ von Daramandugu (Burkina Faso) (Berichte des Sonderforschungsbereichs 268 Kulturentwicklung und Sprachgeschichte im Naturraum Westafrikanische Savanne 11). Frankfurt am Main: Johann Wolfgang Goethe Universität. Publication of PhD 1996 Univ. Frankfurt/Main. VII+218p";"Winkelmann, Kerstin";" Frankfurt am Main: Johann Wolfgang Goethe Universität";" (1998) Die Sprache der Cɛfɔ von Daramandugu (Burkina Faso) (Berichte des Sonderforschungsbereichs 268 Kulturentwicklung und Sprachgeschichte im Naturraum Westafrikanische Savanne 11)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Tiefoic > tief1242";;
"wara1292";"Wara";-5,38157;10,7243;;"Prost, André. (1968) Esquisse grammaticale du Wara. In Deux Langues Voltaïques en Voie de Disparition: Le Wara et le Natioro (Documents Linguistiques), 1-37, 55-79. Dakar: Publications de Département de Linguistique Générale et Linguistique Africaine de la Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaine de l'Université de Dakar.";"Prost, André";" In Deux Langues Voltaïques en Voie de Disparition: Le Wara et le Natioro (Documents Linguistiques), 1-37, 55-79";" (1968) Esquisse grammaticale du Wara";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Samu > wara1292";;
"boun1243";"Kulango, Bouna";-3,07066;9,17296;"O forms are suffixes, Poss. forms are proclitics";"Elders, Stefan. (2008) Grammaire kulango (parler de Bouna, Côte d'Ivoire) (Gur Monographs 10). Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.";"Elders, Stefan";" Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag";" (2008) Grammaire kulango (parler de Bouna, Côte d'Ivoire) (Gur Monographs 10)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Kulango-Lorom > Kulango > boun1243";;
"baat1238";"Bariba";2,62001;10,22141;;"Welmers, William E. (1952) Notes on Bariba. Language 28(1). 82-103.";"Welmers, William E";" Language 28(1)";" (1952) Notes on Bariba";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Southern Central Gur > baat1238";;
"lobi1245";"Lobi";-3,37522;10,29093;"different O/A forms for different tenses the passé composé forms are given. These are the simplest forms. Tone not transcribed on pronouns for unclear reasons, neuter/non-human forms not (clearly) given";"Maïmouna Le Men, Fané. (2007) Parlons Lobiri. Paris: L'Harmattan.";"Maïmouna Le Men, Fané";" Paris: L'Harmattan";" (2007) Parlons Lobiri";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Southern Central Gur > Lobiri-Jaane > lobi1245";;
"pali1273";"Yom";76,62831;26,48838;;"Beacham, Charles Gordon Jr. (1968) The Phonology and Morphology of Yom. Hartford Seminary Foundation doctoral dissertation.";"Beacham, Charles Gordon Jr";" Hartford Seminary Foundation doctoral dissertation";" (1968) The Phonology and Morphology of Yom";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Indo-Iranian > Indo-Aryan > Bihari > pali1273";;
"fare1241";"Farefare";-0,85296;10,76632;;"Equipe de la SIL. (2008) Grammaire élémentaire du Ninkãre. 2nd edn. Ouagadougou 01, Burkina Faso: Société Internationale de Linguistique.";"Equipe de la SIL";" 2nd edn";" (2008) Grammaire élémentaire du Ninkãre";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > Bwamu-Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta > Nuclear Oti-Volta > Gurma-Yom-Oti-Volta Occidental > Oti-Volta Occidental > Nuclear Oti-Volta Occidental > Northwest Oti-Volta > Mossi-Farefare > Farefareic > fare1241";;
"sout2789";"Dagaare";-2,56893;10,45337;"For all singular persons for subject and possessive pronouns there are free forms and clitic forms. The clitic forms are more commonly used, while the free forms are used for emphasis.";"Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther. (2005) Dagaare grammar (Collected language notes 26). Legon: Inst. of African Studies (IAS), Univ. of Ghana.";"Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther";" Legon: Inst";" (2005) Dagaare grammar (Collected language notes 26)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > Bwamu-Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta > Nuclear Oti-Volta > Gurma-Yom-Oti-Volta Occidental > Oti-Volta Occidental > Nuclear Oti-Volta Occidental > Northwest Oti-Volta > Safaliba-Dagaare > Dagaaric > Central-South Dagaric > sout2789";;
"mamp1244";"Mampruli";-0,76656;10,31977;;"Kropp Dakubu, Mary E. (1980) West African Language Data Sheets: Volume 2. West African Linguistic Society.";"Kropp Dakubu, Mary E";" West African Linguistic Society";" (1980) West African Language Data Sheets: Volume 2";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > Bwamu-Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta > Nuclear Oti-Volta > Gurma-Yom-Oti-Volta Occidental > Oti-Volta Occidental > Nuclear Oti-Volta Occidental > Southeast Western Oti-Volta > Mampruli-Dagbani > mamp1244";;
"nate1242";"Nateni";1,29367;10,48434;;"Neukom, Lukas. (1995) Description grammaticale du nateni (Bénin): système verbale, classification nominale, phrases complexes (Arbeiten des Seminars für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 14). Zürich: ASAS-Verlag.";"Neukom, Lukas";" Zürich: ASAS-Verlag";" (1995) Description grammaticale du nateni (Bénin): système verbale, classification nominale, phrases complexes (Arbeiten des Seminars für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 14)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > Bwamu-Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta > Nuclear Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta Oriental > Waama-Tayari-Ditammari > Tayari-Ditammari > nate1242";;
"mbel1240";"Mbelimbe";0,93859;10,46452;;"Neukom, Lukas. (2004) Esquisse grammaticale du mbèlimè, langue voltaïque du Bénin (Arbeiten des Seminars für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 18). Zürich: ASAS-Verlag.";"Neukom, Lukas";" Zürich: ASAS-Verlag";" (2004) Esquisse grammaticale du mbèlimè, langue voltaïque du Bénin (Arbeiten des Seminars für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 18)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > North Volta-Congo > Gur > Central Gur > Northern Central Gur > Bwamu-Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta > Nuclear Oti-Volta > Oti-Volta Oriental > Waama-Tayari-Ditammari > Tayari-Ditammari > Ditammaric > mbel1240";;
"akpe1248";"Akpes";5,90834;7,5942;;"Agoyi, Taiwo Ọdeyemi. (2001) The category of number and the genetic classification of Èkiròmì. Inquiry in African Languages and Literatures 4. 62-80. Also as TO Agoyi 1999 The category of number and the genetic classification of Ekiromi, O Arohunmolase (ed) Nigerian Languages in Scientific and Technological Advancement, Akure: JBS Printing and Publishing, pp. 79-97.";"Agoyi, Taiwo Ọdeyemi";" Inquiry in African Languages and Literatures 4";" (2001) The category of number and the genetic classification of Èkiròmì";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Akpes-Edoid > akpe1248";;
"esan1238";"Esan";6,36564;6,53417;;"Klomp, Paul. (1993) A sketch of the phonology and morphology of Esan. Leiden University MA thesis.";"Klomp, Paul";" Leiden University MA thesis";" (1993) A sketch of the phonology and morphology of Esan";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Akpes-Edoid > Edoid > North-Central Edoid > Central Plains Edoid > esan1238";;
"samb1311";"Samba Daka";11,61626;8,18573;"The 2PL A/S forms have many variants.";"Boyd, Raymond. (2004) The Syntax and Semantics of the Chamba-Daka Verbal Noun. Afrika und Übersee 87. 193-288. ";"Boyd, Raymond";" Afrika und Übersee 87";" (2004) The Syntax and Semantics of the Chamba-Daka Verbal Noun";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Northern Bantoid > Dakoid > Taram-Dirim-Nnakenyare > samb1311";;
"kwan1276";"Kwanja";11,6842;6,41005;"˥ = extra high, ˦ = high 3SG,GEND2 = impersonal";"Robson, Laura. (2011) The Documentation of the Language Ecology of Njanga, a Moribund Language of Cameroon. University of Kent doctoral dissertation.";"Robson, Laura";" University of Kent doctoral dissertation";" (2011) The Documentation of the Language Ecology of Njanga, a Moribund Language of Cameroon";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Northern Bantoid > Mambiloid > Nizaa-Mambila-Vute > Konja-Mambila-Vute > Konja > kwan1276";;
"suga1248";"Nizaa";12,41826;7,14417;;"Kjelsvik, Bjørghild. (2002) Verb chains in Nizaa. University of Oslo MA thesis.";"Kjelsvik, Bjørghild";" University of Oslo MA thesis";" (2002) Verb chains in Nizaa";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Northern Bantoid > Mambiloid > Nizaa-Mambila-Vute > suga1248";;
"tika1246";"Tikar";11,58374;5,85445;;"Stanley, Carol. (1991) Description morpho-syntaxique de la langue tikar: (parlée au Cameroun). Epinay sur Seine: Société internationale de linguistique.";"Stanley, Carol";" Epinay sur Seine: Société internationale de linguistique";" (1991) Description morpho-syntaxique de la langue tikar: (parlée au Cameroun)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Northern Bantoid > tika1246";;
"keme1240";"Kemedzung";10,49974;6,6964;"Possessive pronouns consist of a root and a prefix corresponding to one of 14 noun classes. The roots are provided here. The personal pronouns provided for A, S and O are those belonging to Noun Class 1 for humans.";"Smoes, Christopher L. (2010) A Sketch Grammar of the Kemezung Language. Yaoundé: SIL, Cameroun. ";"Smoes, Christopher L";" Yaoundé: SIL, Cameroun";" (2010) A Sketch Grammar of the Kemezung Language";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Beboid > Eastern Beboid > Bebe-Kemezung > Naki-Kemezung > keme1240";;
"ejag1239";"Ejagham";8,62551;5,53316;"There are nine noun classes. For the personal pronouns The third person (referent) forms for all noun classes but 1 and 2 are formed in a regular manner. The pronoun consists of a root and a complex affix. The root is a concord morpheme from the appropriate class. The complex affix consists of a prefixed Ń- and a suffixed -nɛ̀. p320 The possessive pronominal forms provided here are roots that take one of 9 noun-class prefixes. p327";"Watters, John R. (1981) A Phonology and Morphology of Ejagham - with notes on Dialect Variation. Los Angeles: University of California doctoral dissertation.";"Watters, John R";" Los Angeles: University of California doctoral dissertation";" (1981) A Phonology and Morphology of Ejagham - with notes on Dialect Variation";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Ekoid-Mbe > Ekoid > Bakor-Ejagham > ejag1239";;
"izer1241";"Izere";9,0808;9,89058;"Certain forms not given, as conceded by the source.";"Lukas, Johannes & A. Willms. (1961) Outline of the Language of the Jarawa in Northern Nigeria (Plateau Province). Afrika und Übersee XLV. 1-66.";"Lukas, Johannes & A";" (1961) Outline of the Language of the Jarawa in Northern Nigeria (Plateau Province)";" Willms";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Benue-Congo Plateau > Benue-Congo Central Plateau > South-Central Benue-Congo Plateau > Izeric > izer1241";;
"deny1238";"Denya";9,3893;5,99999;"Poss. forms for class 1 nouns given";"Seguin, Lawrence. (1998) A preliminary stratificational analysis of some Denya (ACLAM 882) morphological and syntactic structures. Yaoundé: SIL.";"Seguin, Lawrence";" Yaoundé: SIL";" (1998) A preliminary stratificational analysis of some Denya (ACLAM 882) morphological and syntactic structures";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Mamfe > Kendem-Denya > deny1238";;
"noon1243";"Noone";10,57116;6,39044;"tone represented with tone bars, they're ugly but they work. GEND1 = human GEND2 = class1 possessive pronouns are for when the possessum is class 1";"Hyman, L. M. (1981) Noni Grammatical Structure (Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics 9). Los Angeles: Department of Linguistics, University of Southern California.";"Hyman, L";" (1981) Noni Grammatical Structure (Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics 9)";" M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Beboid > Eastern Beboid > Nsari-Nooni-Ncane > Nooni-Ncane > noon1243";;
"bekw1241";"Bekwarra";8,84895;6,733;;"Stanford, Ronald. (1967) The Bekwarra Language of Nigeria - A Grammatical Description. University of London doctoral dissertation. ";"Stanford, Ronald";" University of London doctoral dissertation";" (1967) The Bekwarra Language of Nigeria - A Grammatical Description";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Bendic > bekw1241";;
"bete1262";"Bete-Bendi";9,17589;6,62134;;"Oha, Amechi Boniface. (2012) Personal pronouns in Bette: A preliminary study. The Nigerian Linguists Festschrift Series 9. 665-675. ";"Oha, Amechi Boniface";" The Nigerian Linguists Festschrift Series 9";" (2012) Personal pronouns in Bette: A preliminary study";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Bendic > bete1262";;
"ndoe1238";"Ndoe";8,70311;6,06548;"Ekparabong [Ndoe] is not like Efik a tone language, the pronunciation is simple and very clear";"Byström, Knut. (1954) Notes on the Ekparabong Clan (Cross River district -- Ogoja Province in SE Nigeria). Orientalia suecana 3. 3-26";"Byström, Knut";" Orientalia suecana 3";" (1954) Notes on the Ekparabong Clan (Cross River district -- Ogoja Province in SE Nigeria)";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > Ekoid-Mbe > Ekoid > ndoe1238";;
"abar1238";"Mungbam";10,22675;6,57754;"The preverbal forms of the first person singular pronouns show a discontinuous form mV- followed by a homorganic nasal. ˥ = super-high ˦ = High";"Lovegren, Jesse. (2013) Mungbam grammar. State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation.";"Lovegren, Jesse";" State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation";" (2013) Mungbam grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > abar1238";;
"abar1238";"Mungbam";10,22675;6,57754;"The preverbal forms of the first person singular pronouns show a discontinuous form mV- followed by a homorganic nasal. ˥ = super-high ˦ = High Gap in data for 3SG.GEND2.O";"Lovegren, Jesse. (2013) Mungbam grammar. State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation.";"Lovegren, Jesse";" State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation";" (2013) Mungbam grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > abar1238";;
"abar1238";"Mungbam";10,22675;6,57754;"The preverbal forms of the first person singular pronouns show a discontinuous form mV- followed by a homorganic nasal. ˥ = super-high ˦ = High";"Lovegren, Jesse. (2013) Mungbam grammar. State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation.";"Lovegren, Jesse";" State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation";" (2013) Mungbam grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > abar1238";;
"abar1238";"Mungbam";10,22675;6,57754;"The preverbal forms of the first person singular pronouns show a discontinuous form mV- followed by a homorganic nasal. ˥ = super-high ˦ = High Gap in data for 3SG.GEND2.O";"Lovegren, Jesse. (2013) Mungbam grammar. State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation.";"Lovegren, Jesse";" State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation";" (2013) Mungbam grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > abar1238";;
"abar1238";"Mungbam";10,22675;6,57754;"The preverbal forms of the first person singular pronouns show a discontinuous form mV- followed by a homorganic nasal. ˥ = super-high ˦ = High";"Lovegren, Jesse. (2013) Mungbam grammar. State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation.";"Lovegren, Jesse";" State University of New York at Buffalo doctoral dissertation";" (2013) Mungbam grammar";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Atlantic-Congo > Volta-Congo > Benue-Congo > Bantoid > Southern Bantoid > abar1238";;
"aram1253";"Arammba";141,43035;-8,30128;;"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren. 2017. The languages of Southern New Guinea. In Bill Palmer (ed.), The Languages and Linguistics of New Guinea: A Comprehensive Guide. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.";"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren";" The languages of Southern New Guinea";2017;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Tonda > aram1253";;
"wara1294";"Wára";141,51923;-8,64618;;"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren. 2017. The languages of Southern New Guinea. In Bill Palmer (ed.), The Languages and Linguistics of New Guinea: A Comprehensive Guide. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.";"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren";" The languages of Southern New Guinea";2017;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Tonda > Eastern Tonda > wara1294";;
"kunj1246";"Kánchá";141,42126;-8,99967;;"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren. 2017. The languages of Southern New Guinea. In Bill Palmer (ed.), The Languages and Linguistics of New Guinea: A Comprehensive Guide. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.";"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren";" The languages of Southern New Guinea";2017;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Tonda > Eastern Tonda > kunj1246";;
"blaf1238";"Ránmo";141,21281;-8,5604;;"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren. 2017. The languages of Southern New Guinea. In Bill Palmer (ed.), The Languages and Linguistics of New Guinea: A Comprehensive Guide. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.";"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren";" The languages of Southern New Guinea";2017;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Tonda > blaf1238";;
"nama1266";"Nama";141,71718;-8,66534;;"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren. 2017. The languages of Southern New Guinea. In Bill Palmer (ed.), The Languages and Linguistics of New Guinea: A Comprehensive Guide. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.";"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren";" The languages of Southern New Guinea";2017;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Nambu > Nama-Dre > nama1266";;
"dree1234";"Dre";"no longitude";"no latitude";"Language just spoken by one speaker, and not identified in previous work. Has yet to be assigned a glottolog/ethnologue code";"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren. 2017. The languages of Southern New Guinea. In Bill Palmer (ed.), The Languages and Linguistics of New Guinea: A Comprehensive Guide. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.";"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren";" The languages of Southern New Guinea";2017;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Nambu > Nama-Dre > dree1234";;
"namo1246";"Namo";141,8289;-9,12758;"This form needs checking - was missed in the elicitation and the current form in this cell is a made-up one, being used as a placeholder";"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren. 2017. The languages of Southern New Guinea. In Bill Palmer (ed.), The Languages and Linguistics of New Guinea: A Comprehensive Guide. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.";"Evans, Nicholas, Wayan Arka, Matthew Carroll, Christian Döhler, Eri Kashima, Emil Mittag, Volker Gast, Dineke Schokkin, Kyla Quinn, Jeff Siegel, Philip Tama and Charlotte Van Tongeren";" The languages of Southern New Guinea";2017;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > Nambu > Namo-Len > namo1246";;
"keoo1238";"Keo";121,2581;-8,86955;"While there are no dedicated dual forms, any of the plural pronouns may be modified by the numeral 'rua' to indicate dual reference, in the same way any of the plural pronouns may be modified by any numeral to indicate the specific number of referents. The difference between the 1sg pronouns nga'o and ja'o was historically one of dialect, but tend now to be passed down through the mother's line of descent. The pronoun sira is a polite form that is used to replace any 2nd or 3rd person pronoun.";"Baird, Louise. 2002. A Grammar of Kéo: An Austronesian Language of East Nusantara. PhD Dissertation. Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies. The Australian National University: Canberra.";"Baird, Louise";" A Grammar of Kéo: An Austronesian Language of East Nusantara";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Central Malayo-Polynesian > Flores-Sumba-Hawu > Flores Barat > Ngada-Lio-Paluqe > Ngada-Lio > Ende-Lio > Nage-Keo > keoo1238";;
"indo1316";"Indonesian";109,71572;-7,33458;;"Quinn, Kyla. Personal communication.";"Quinn, Kyla";;" Personal communication";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Nuclear Malayic > Indonesian Archipelago Malay > indo1316";;
"ngit1239";"Ngiti-ICR-LB";30,22499;1,28551;"Subject and object pronouns may be immediately attached to the verb stem. In that case, they are considered clitics, since the are syntactically independent morphemes, phonologically bound to the verb stem. p190 ...the initial I-, which is present in the citation form, is deleted in context. p194 The pronouns are written, as found on p192. A distinction is made between alienable and inalienable possession, where inalienable possession is marked by possessive pronominal suffixes, and alienable possession is marked by free pronouns, as found on p205 and 206.";"Kutsch Lojenga, Constance. 1994. Ngiti: A Central-Sudanic language of Zaire. Nilo-Saharan Analyses and Documentation 9. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.";"Kutsch Lojenga, Constance";" Ngiti: A Central-Sudanic language of Zaire";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Central Sudanic > Lenduic > ngit1239";;
"mund1320";"Mundari-ICR-LB";85,02258;22,49423;"A, S, O forms found on page 64.";"Osada, Toshiki. 1992. A Reference Grammar of Mundari. Institute for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies: Tokyo. ";"Osada, Toshiki";" A Reference Grammar of Mundari";1992;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austroasiatic > Mundaic > North Munda > Kherwarian > Mundaric > Ho-Mundari > mund1320";;
"saki1248";"Mekens-ICR-LB";-62,09887;-13,05501;"The distribution of the personal pronominal system with main verbs results in an ergative pattern that has pronominal bound prefixes marking the S and O arguments, and the free pronouns marking the A argument of the verb. p77 Personal pronoun forms taken from Table 12 p74.";"Galucio, Ana Vilacy. 2001. The Morphosyntax of Mekens (Tupi). UMI Dissertation services: Chicago.";"Galucio, Ana Vilacy";" The Morphosyntax of Mekens (Tupi)";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tupian > Tuparic > Nuclear Tuparic > Akuntsu-Mekens > saki1248";;
"zyud1238";"ngiti_ICR_WB";"no longitude";"no latitude";"Third person male/female not very clear in grammar p.196";"Kutsch Lojenga, Constance. 1994. Ngiti: A Central-Sudanic Language of Zaire. (Nilo-Saharan: Linguistic Analyses and Documentation, 9.) Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe. xiv+517pp";"Kutsch Lojenga, Constance";" Ngiti: A Central-Sudanic Language of Zaire";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"zyud1238";"Cora-ICR-WB";"no longitude";"no latitude";"90 min.";"Casad, Eugene H. 1984. Cora. In Ronald W. Langacker (ed.), Studies in Uto-Aztecan grammar 4: Southern Uto-Aztecan grammatical sketches, 153-459. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington.";"Casad, Eugene H";" Cora";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"saki1248";"Mekens-ICR-WB";-62,09887;-13,05501;;"Vilacy Galucio, Ana. 2001. The Morphosyntax of Mekens (Tupi). (Doctoral dissertation, University of Chicago, 508pp.)";"Vilacy Galucio, Ana";" The Morphosyntax of Mekens (Tupi)";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tupian > Tuparic > Nuclear Tuparic > Akuntsu-Mekens > saki1248";;
"wels1247";"Welsh-ICR-KQ";-3,96397;52,51878;"Need to check how the mutation patterns should be entered.";"King, Gareth. 2003. Modern Welsh: a comprehensive grammar - 2nd ed. Routledge, New York.";"King, Gareth";" Modern Welsh: a comprehensive grammar - 2nd ed";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Celtic > Nuclear Celtic > TGB Celtic > Insular Celtic > Brythonic > Old-Modern Welsh > wels1247";;
"mund1320";"Mundari-ICR-KQ";85,02258;22,49423;"10 minutes";"Osada, Toshiki. 1992. A Reference Grammar of Mundari. Institute for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies: Tokyo. ";"Osada, Toshiki";" A Reference Grammar of Mundari";1992;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austroasiatic > Mundaic > North Munda > Kherwarian > Mundaric > Ho-Mundari > mund1320";;
"elna1235";"Cora - ICR - KQ";-104,43691;22,41039;;"Casad, Eugene H. 1984. Cora. In Ronald W. Langacker (ed.), Studies in Uto-Aztecan grammar 4: Southern Uto-Aztecan grammatical sketches, 153-459. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington.";"Casad, Eugene H";" Cora";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uto-Aztecan > Southern Uto-Aztecan > Corachol-Aztecan > Corachol > Coran > elna1235";;
"zyud1238";"cora_ICR_TCC";"no longitude";"no latitude";"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"zyud1238";"cora_ICR_TCC_2";"no longitude";"no latitude";"40 minutes";"Casad, Eugene H. 1984. Cora. In: Studies in Uto-Aztecan Grammar, edited by Ronald Langacker. V. 4. Summer Institute of Linguistics and University of Texas at Arlington. ";"Casad, Eugene H";" Cora";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"saki1248";"Mekens_ICR_TCC";-62,09887;-13,05501;"15 minutes";"Galucio, Ana Vilacy. 2001. The Morphosyntax of Mekens (Tupi). UMI Dissertation services: Chicago.";"Galucio, Ana Vilacy";" The Morphosyntax of Mekens (Tupi)";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Tupian > Tuparic > Nuclear Tuparic > Akuntsu-Mekens > saki1248";;
"mund1320";"Mundari_ICR_TCC";85,02258;22,49423;"15 mins";"Osada, Toshiki. 1992. A Reference Grammar of Mundari. Institute for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies: Tokyo. ";"Osada, Toshiki";" A Reference Grammar of Mundari";1992;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austroasiatic > Mundaic > North Munda > Kherwarian > Mundaric > Ho-Mundari > mund1320";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Welsh-ICR-NE";"no longitude";"no latitude";"General comment wrt possessive series: in addition to an element preceding the possessed noun (e.f. fy '1sg POSS', dy '2sg POSS', the basic form of the pronoun may optionally follow, in addition. Cf plant 'children', dy blant 'your (intim.) children' but also dy blant di. There are a number of variants of most pronouns. Here I have entered the commonest variant, favouring the unreduced form where there is a choice, e.g. fy instead of 'y for the 1sg Poss. There are also dialectal variants, e.g. e vs o for the 3sg masc. I have chosen just one of these to enter, namely the e series. Forms are given in standard Welsh orthography, non-standard values are: <f> = /v/, <ff> = /f/, <ch> = /x/, <ng> = /ŋ/, <y> = /ɨ/, <w> = /u/, <dd>= /ð/, <ll >= /ɬ/. TIme taken to enter: 45 minutes (split between reading grammar and systematising notes out of it, then entering data. Some forms trigger a following 'soft mutation' – basically changing voiceless stops to voiced stops, voiced stops to voiced fricatives , and /m/ to /v/ <f>. Since the presence vs absence of a soft-mutation trigger can distinguish forms in the paradigm (e.g. 3sg masc poss vs 3sg fem poss), it is shown here by a º after the form. ";"King, Gareth. 2003. Modern Welsh: a comprehensive grammar - 2nd ed. Routledge, New York.";"King, Gareth";" Modern Welsh: a comprehensive grammar - 2nd ed";2003;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"bura1267";"Burarra";134,31561;-12,28718;"1. Not all questions could be fully answered from this source and it will be worth checking the Glasgows' dictionary for followup on some forms 2. I (NE) forgot to add -ICR-NE after the language name and now can't see how to do that 3. I have converted Green's practical orthography into IPA symbols 4. Green analyses Burarra as having a minimal/unit-augmented/augmented system rather than a singular/dual/plural system. At the only point where this generates ambiguity in the mapping (12pl, which could be either 12ua or 12a) I have entered both forms 5. There is a gender distinction (masc vs fem) just in the unit augmented forms (typologically very unusual to have it here but not in the singular/minimal). This is invisible to our coding since we only allow for gender in the singular 6. Within possessive pronouns, there is an 'oblique' set for possession of kin, and a regular 'possessive adjective' set. I have entered the latter only, since they are less restricted in application. Possessive adjectives agree in gender with the possessum. Here I have given the neuter-agreement forms, since they are what is exemplified. The grammar states the rules but does not give all the forms, so these have been constructed according to the rules set out in the grammar. (would be worth checking the Glasgows' dictionary to see if the forms are there) ";"Green, Rebecca. 1987. A sketch grammar of Burarra. Unpublished Honours Thesis, ANU";"Green, Rebecca";" A sketch grammar of Burarra";1987;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Maningrida > Burera-Nakara > Bureran > bura1267";;
"zyud1238";"ngiti_ICR_TCC";"no longitude";"no latitude";"20 mins";"Lojenga, Constance Kutsch. 1994. Ngiti: A centra-sudanic language of Zaire.Köln: Köppe.";"Lojenga, Constance Kutsch";" Ngiti: A centra-sudanic language of Zaire";1994;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"wels1247";"ICR-Welsh-RH";-3,96397;52,51878;;"Gareth King. 2005. Modern Welsh: A Comprehensive Grammar. (Comprehensive grammars.) Second Edition. London & New York: Routledge.";"Gareth King";" Modern Welsh: A Comprehensive Grammar";2005;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Indo-European > Celtic > Nuclear Celtic > TGB Celtic > Insular Celtic > Brythonic > Old-Modern Welsh > wels1247";;
"bura1267";"Burarra-ICR-RH";134,31561;-12,28718;;"Rebecca Green. 1987. A Sketch Grammar of Burarra. Canberra: Australian National Univ. (Zugl.: Canberra, Univ., B.A. Honours Thesis, 1987, Australian National University, 105pp.)";"Rebecca Green";" A Sketch Grammar of Burarra";1987;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Maningrida > Burera-Nakara > Bureran > bura1267";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Mekens-ICR-RH";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Galúcio, Ana Vilacy. 2001. The morphosyntax of Mekens (Tupi). Ann Arbor: UMI. (Doctoral dissertation, Chicago: The University of Chicago, xvii+254pp.)";"Galúcio, Ana Vilacy";" The morphosyntax of Mekens (Tupi)";2001;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"zyud1238";"Cora-ICR-NE";"no longitude";"no latitude";"The orthography used in the source is an Americanist one, which I have converted to more standard IPA symbols. In particular, <c> > ʦ, <ny> > ɲ, <ty> > c. Acute accents indicate tone and have been retained, doubled vowel letters indicate length. There are a number of different slots, each with their own form: subject prefixes, subject particles, pausal subjects, and independent subjects. Likewise for possessors there are both bound and free forms. Here we use the independent subject forms, and the independent object forms, which also function as possessor markers. This analytic distinction affects the pattern of syncretism, since distinctions are made in the bound forms (e.g. 2sgO mwa- is distinct from 2sg possessor a-) which are not made in the free forms (mwéeʦi would cover both 2sgO and 2sgPoss). Should we decide to go back and include the bound forms, they are on p. 297. There are no specialised third person pronouns, these being shown by demonstratives (p. 245, 297). The 'there' form is chosen here as it appears to be the most neutral in discourse, and in any case the paterning of syncretism is independent of which form is chosen. Here again there are some tricky decisions, with different forms for both preverbal and postverbal: I have entered just the postverbal forms, since that is the only position available to subject, object and possessor alike, across all number values: for some reason no form is given for plural pre-verbal forms. ";"Casad, Eugene H. 1984. Cora. In: Studies in Uto-Aztecan Grammar, edited by Ronald Langacker. V. 4. Summer Institute of Linguistics and University of Texas at Arlington. ";"Casad, Eugene H";" Cora";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uralic > Permian > Komi > Komi-Permyak > zyud1238";;
"angu1242";"Mpakwithi";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Dixon, R.M.W.. 1981. Wargamay. In Dixon, R.M.W. and Barry J. Blake (eds.), Handbook of Australian Languages, Volume 2. pp. 1-144 Canberra: The Australian National University Press.";"Dixon, R";"W";"M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Paman > Northern Pama > Gudang-Northeast Paman > Northeast Paman > Albatross Bay > Anguthimri-Yangathimri-Yuputhimri > Anguthimri-Yangathimri > angu1242";;
"urad1239";"Yadhaykenu";142,13487;-12,06792;;"Crowley, Terry. 1983. Uradhi, In: Dixon, R.M.W. and Barry J. Blake (eds.), Handbook of Australian Languages, Vol. 3. pp. 307-428. Oxford: Oxford University Press.";"Crowley, Terry";" Uradhi, In: Dixon, R";1983;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Bookkeeping > urad1239";;
"gami1243";"Gamilaraay";149,90546;-29,98062;"Orthography as used in the source.";"Giacon, John. 2014. A Grammar of Yuwaalaraay and Gamilaraay: a description of two New South Wales languages based on 160 years of records. PhD Dissertation, The Australian National University: Canberra.";"Giacon, John";" A Grammar of Yuwaalaraay and Gamilaraay: a description of two New South Wales languages based on 160 years of records";2014;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Southeastern Pama-Nyungan > Wiradhuric > gami1243";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Malay";"no longitude";"no latitude";"1sg, 3sg and 3pl forms have a full form and a reduced form. The full form is used for the first mention of a participant, while the reduced forms are used for A and S arguments that are already understood in discourse.";"Baird, Louise, Marian Klamer and Frantisek Kratochvíl. 2004. Alor as a Distinct Malay Variety. Paper presented at The Eighth International Symposium on Malay/Indonesian Linguistics. Pulau Pinang, Malaysia, 31 July- 2 August 2004.";"Baird, Louise, Marian Klamer and Frantisek Kratochvíl";" Alor as a Distinct Malay Variety";2004;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"kupa1239";"Malay";123,74053;-10,27217;;"Steinhauer, Hein. 1983. Notes on the Malay of Kupang (Timor). In Collins, James T (ed). Studies in Malay Dialects Part II. NUSA 17. Jakarta: Badan Penyelenggara Seri NUSA, Universitas Atma Jaya. 42-64.";"Steinhauer, Hein";" Notes on the Malay of Kupang (Timor)";1983;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Vehicular Malay > Eastern Indonesia Trade Malay > kupa1239";;
"ambo1250";"Malay";128,18442;-3,71342;;"Minde, Don van. 1997. Melayu Ambong: Phonology, Morphology, Syntax. PhD Thesis, Leiden: Research School CNWS.";"Minde, Don van";" Melayu Ambong: Phonology, Morphology, Syntax";1997;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Vehicular Malay > Eastern Indonesia Trade Malay > Ambonic Malay > ambo1250";;
"nort2828";"Malay";128,35386;-1,0052;;"Taylor, Paul Michael. 1983. North Moluccan Malay: Notes on a ‘Substandard’ Dialect of Indonesian. In Collins, James T (Ed). Studies in Malay Dialects Part II. NUSA 17. Jakarta: Bada Penyelenggara Seri NUSA, Universitas Atma Jaya. 14-27.";"Taylor, Paul Michael";" North Moluccan Malay: Notes on a ‘Substandard’ Dialect of Indonesian";1983;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Vehicular Malay > Eastern Indonesia Trade Malay > Manadoic Malay > nort2828";;
"mala1481";"Malay";124,84679;1,47925;;"Paauw, Scott H. 2008. The Malay Contact Varieties of Eastern Indonesia: A Typological Comparison. PhD Dissertation. The State University of New York at Buffalo.";"Paauw, Scott H";" The Malay Contact Varieties of Eastern Indonesia: A Typological Comparison";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Vehicular Malay > Eastern Indonesia Trade Malay > Manadoic Malay > mala1481";;
"band1353";"Malay";129,87518;-4,51767;;"Paauw, Scott H. 2008. The Malay Contact Varieties of Eastern Indonesia: A Typological Comparison. PhD Dissertation. The State University of New York at Buffalo.";"Paauw, Scott H";" The Malay Contact Varieties of Eastern Indonesia: A Typological Comparison";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Vehicular Malay > Eastern Indonesia Trade Malay > Ambonic Malay > band1353";;
"lara1260";"Malay";122,99417;-8,33319;;"Paauw, Scott H. 2008. The Malay Contact Varieties of Eastern Indonesia: A Typological Comparison. PhD Dissertation. The State University of New York at Buffalo.";"Paauw, Scott H";" The Malay Contact Varieties of Eastern Indonesia: A Typological Comparison";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Vehicular Malay > Eastern Indonesia Trade Malay > lara1260";;
"papu1250";"Malay";140,69284;-2,57054;;"Paauw, Scott H. 2008. The Malay Contact Varieties of Eastern Indonesia: A Typological Comparison. PhD Dissertation. The State University of New York at Buffalo.";"Paauw, Scott H";" The Malay Contact Varieties of Eastern Indonesia: A Typological Comparison";2008;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Malayo-Sumbawan > North and East Malayo-Sumbawan > Malayic > Vehicular Malay > Eastern Indonesia Trade Malay > papu1250";;
"kafo1240";"Kafoa";124,43976;-8,36292;"The first possessive forms are alienable, the second forms are inalienable. The inalienable form ends in /a/ when the stem is consonant initial.";"Baird, Louise. To Appear 2017. Kafoa. In Schapper, Antoinette (Ed.). Papuan Languages of Timor, Alor and Pantar: Sketch Grammars. Volume 2.";"Baird, Louise";" Kafoa";" To Appear 2017";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Timor-Alor-Pantar > Alor-Pantar > Alor > West Alor > Klon-Kafoa > kafo1240";;
"rong1269";"Rongga";120,70813;-8,84504;;"Arka, I Wayan. 2016. Bahasa Rongga: Deskripsi, Tipologi, dan Teori. Atma Jaya University Press: Jakarta.";"Arka, I Wayan";" Bahasa Rongga: Deskripsi, Tipologi, dan Teori";2016;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Central Malayo-Polynesian > Flores-Sumba-Hawu > Flores Barat > Ngada-Lio-Paluqe > Ngada-Lio > Ngada > rong1269";;
"vinm1237";"Neve'ei";167,42555;-16,22589;;"Musgrave, Jill. 2007. A grammar of Neve'ei, Vanuatu. Pacific Linguistics:Canberra.";"Musgrave, Jill";" A grammar of Neve'ei, Vanuatu";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Austronesian > Malayo-Polynesian > Central-Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Eastern Malayo-Polynesian > Oceanic > North and Central Vanuatu > Central Vanuatu > Malakula > Western Malakula linkage > Central-Western Malakula > vinm1237";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Bukawa";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Eckermann, W. 2007. A descriptive grammar of teh Bukawa language of the Morobe Province of Papua New Guinea. 585. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Eckermann, W";" A descriptive grammar of teh Bukawa language of the Morobe Province of Papua New Guinea";2007;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"mpur1239";"Mpur";133,12903;-0,76649;;"Odé, Cecilia. 2002. A sketch of Mpur. In Reesing, Ger (Ed.). Languages of the eastern Bird's Head. 524. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Odé, Cecilia";" A sketch of Mpur";2002;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"mpur1239: no Classification";;
"numa1254";"Numanggang";146,74425;-6,39418;"Possessive forms were not discussed in the paper. Examples from the texts included possessive suffixes for 3sg and 3pl, which have been entered into the paradigm. The 1pl pronoun occurred (free) with the genitive suffix. By extension, those person number combinations that did not appear in the paper have had the genitive suffix attached in the possessive column.";"Hynum, David. 2010. Ergative in Numanggang. In Hooley, Joan (Ed.). Papers on six languages of Papua New Guinea. 616. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Hynum, David";" Ergative in Numanggang";2010;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Nuclear Trans New Guinea > Finisterre-Huon > Finisterre-Saruwaged > Erap > Boana > numa1254";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Wati-Wati";"no longitude";"no latitude";"One of the features common to the earlier sources for many Victorian languages is the variety of pronominal forms. ... 1. Alternate forms for 1st and 2nd person singular pronouns, 2. The use of two different demonstratives as true pronominals, especially for the 3rd person, 3. The combination of demonstratives and pronominals for some non-singular constructions. p174 The gaps fo O forms in the paradigm are due to gaps in data in the source.";"Blake, Barry J., Luise Hercus, Stephen Morey, and Edward Ryan. 2011. The Mathi group of languages. 628. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Blake, Barry J";2011;", Luise Hercus, Stephen Morey, and Edward Ryan";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Letyi-Lejti";"no longitude";"no latitude";"Gaps in the paradigm are due to gaps in the source.";"Blake, Barry J., Luise Hercus, Stephen Morey, and Edward Ryan. 2011. The Mathi group of languages. 628. Pacific Linguistics: Canberra.";"Blake, Barry J";2011;", Luise Hercus, Stephen Morey, and Edward Ryan";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"elna1235";"Cora-ICR-LB";-104,43691;22,41039;"Possession is also indicated by possessive prefixes. Demonstratives are used for third person reference. The there series was used here, in line with the example provided.";"Casad, Eugene H. 1984. Cora. In Ronald W. Langacker (ed.), Studies in Uto-Aztecan grammar 4: Southern Uto-Aztecan grammatical sketches, 153-459. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington.";"Casad, Eugene H";" Cora";1984;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Uto-Aztecan > Southern Uto-Aztecan > Corachol-Aztecan > Corachol > Coran > elna1235";;
"bura1267";"Burarra-ICR-LB";134,31561;-12,28718;"Distinctive [possessive] constructions exist for general nouns (including proper nouns), kinship terms, and body parts. p30 Here the paradigm for possession of general nouns has been provided.";"Rebecca Green. 1987. A Sketch Grammar of Burarra. Canberra: Australian National Univ. (Zugl.: Canberra, Univ., B.A. Honours Thesis, 1987, Australian National University, 105pp.)";"Rebecca Green";" A Sketch Grammar of Burarra";1987;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Maningrida > Burera-Nakara > Bureran > bura1267";;
"yiry1245";"Yir-Yoront";141,77485;-15,11044;;"Alpher, Barry Jacob. 1973. Son of Ergative: The Yir Yoront Language of Northeast Australia. Doctoral Dissertation. Cornell University.";"Alpher, Barry Jacob";" Son of Ergative: The Yir Yoront Language of Northeast Australia";1973;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Paman > Southwest Pama > Coastal Southwest Paman > yiry1245";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Kuuk Thaayorre";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Gaby, Alice Rose. 2006. A Grammar of Kuuk Thaayorre. Doctoral Disertation. University of Melbourne.";"Gaby, Alice Rose";" A Grammar of Kuuk Thaayorre";2006;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"gugu1255";"Guugu Yimidhirr";144,85941;-14,95705;;"Haviland, John. 1979. Guugu Yimidhirr. In Dixon, R. M. W. and Blake, Barry J. (eds.), Handbook of Australian Languages 1, 27-180. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.";"Haviland, John";" Guugu Yimidhirr";1979;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Yimidhirr-Yalanji-Yidinic > gugu1255";;
"NO_GLOTTOCODE";"Kuuku Ya'u";"no longitude";"no latitude";;"Thompson, David. 1988. Lockhart River Sand Beach Language: An Outline of Kuuku Ya'u and Umpila. Work Papers of SIL-AAIB. Series A. Volume 11.";"Thompson, David";" Lockhart River Sand Beach Language: An Outline of Kuuku Ya'u and Umpila";1988;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"NO_GLOTTOCODE: no Classification";;
"yidi1250";"Yidiny";145,86376;-17,15404;"Deictics are used in a comparable way to third person pronouns in other languages. They have been provided in the cells for third persons. The decitics vary for distance from speaker, whether the referent is human or inanimate, definiteness, as well as case. Here the case-inflected, definite, human, near deictic has been entered.";"Dixon, R. M. W. 1977. A Grammar of Yidiɲ. Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.";"Dixon, R";" W";" M";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Pama-Nyungan > Yimidhirr-Yalanji-Yidinic > Yidinic > yidi1250";;
"yeii1239";"Yei";140,88077;-7,70191;"Po village";"Fieldnotes";"Fieldnotes";"missing";"missing";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Morehead-Maro > yeii1239";;
"sota1242";"Nggarna";140,97907;-8,40173;;"Fieldnotes";"Fieldnotes";"missing";"missing";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Kanum > Ngkrn-Ngkantr > sota1242";;
"smar1235";"Smerki";140,93022;-8,90091;"no comment";;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;"Morehead-Wasur > Kanum > smar1235";;